parent
							
								
									bddb91a0cf
								
							
						
					
					
						commit
						d54e786931
					
				
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						| @ -0,0 +1,970 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_adc1.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all the prototypes/macros for the ADC1 peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_ADC1_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_ADC1_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ADC1_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 clock prescaler selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/2 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3 = (uint8_t) 0x10, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/3 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4 = (uint8_t) 0x20, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/4 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6 = (uint8_t) 0x30, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/6 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8 = (uint8_t) 0x40, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/8 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10 = (uint8_t) 0x50, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/10 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12 = (uint8_t) 0x60, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/12 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18 = (uint8_t) 0x70  /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/18 */ | ||||
| } ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief   ADC1 External conversion trigger event selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_EXTTRIG_TIM = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Conversion from Internal TIM1 TRGO event */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_EXTTRIG_GPIO = (uint8_t) 0x10  /**< Conversion from External interrupt on ADC_ETR pin*/ | ||||
| } ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 data alignment | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_ALIGN_LEFT = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Data alignment left */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_ALIGN_RIGHT = (uint8_t) 0x08  /**< Data alignment right */ | ||||
| } ADC1_Align_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 Interrupt source | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWDIE = (uint16_t) 0x010, /**< Analog WDG interrupt enable */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_EOCIE = (uint16_t) 0x020, /**< EOC interrupt enable */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWD = (uint16_t) 0x140, /**< Analog WDG status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS0 = (uint16_t) 0x110, /**< Analog channel 0 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS1 = (uint16_t) 0x111, /**< Analog channel 1 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS2 = (uint16_t) 0x112, /**< Analog channel 2 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS3 = (uint16_t) 0x113, /**< Analog channel 3 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS4 = (uint16_t) 0x114, /**< Analog channel 4 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS5 = (uint16_t) 0x115, /**< Analog channel 5 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS6 = (uint16_t) 0x116, /**< Analog channel 6 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS7 = (uint16_t) 0x117, /**< Analog channel 7 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS8 = (uint16_t) 0x118, /**< Analog channel 8 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS9 = (uint16_t) 0x119, /**< Analog channel 9 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_IT_AWS12 = (uint16_t) 0x11C, /**< Analog channel 12 status */ | ||||
| 	/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */ | ||||
| 		ADC1_IT_EOC = (uint16_t) 0x080  /**< EOC pending bit */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } ADC1_IT_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 Flags | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_OVR = (uint8_t) 0x41, /**< Overrun status flag */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWD = (uint8_t) 0x40, /**< Analog WDG status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS0 = (uint8_t) 0x10, /**< Analog channel 0 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS1 = (uint8_t) 0x11, /**< Analog channel 1 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS2 = (uint8_t) 0x12, /**< Analog channel 2 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS3 = (uint8_t) 0x13, /**< Analog channel 3 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS4 = (uint8_t) 0x14, /**< Analog channel 4 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS5 = (uint8_t) 0x15, /**< Analog channel 5 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS6 = (uint8_t) 0x16, /**< Analog channel 6 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS7 = (uint8_t) 0x17, /**< Analog channel 7 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS8 = (uint8_t) 0x18, /**< Analog channel 8  status*/ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS9 = (uint8_t) 0x19, /**< Analog channel 9 status */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_FLAG_AWS12 = (uint8_t) 0x1C, /**< Analog channel 12 status */ | ||||
| 	/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */ | ||||
| 		ADC1_FLAG_EOC = (uint8_t) 0x80  /**< EOC falg */ | ||||
| } ADC1_Flag_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 schmitt Trigger | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN0 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1 = (uint8_t) 0x01, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN1 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2 = (uint8_t) 0x02, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN2 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3 = (uint8_t) 0x03, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN3 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4 = (uint8_t) 0x04, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN4 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5 = (uint8_t) 0x05, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN5 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6 = (uint8_t) 0x06, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN6 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7 = (uint8_t) 0x07, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN7 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 = (uint8_t) 0x08, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN8 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9 = (uint8_t) 0x09, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN9 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12 = (uint8_t) 0x0C, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN12 */ | ||||
| 	/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */ | ||||
| 		ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL = (uint8_t) 0xFF /**< Schmitt trigger disable on All channels */ | ||||
| } ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 conversion mode selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Single conversion mode */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS = (uint8_t) 0x01  /**< Continuous conversion mode */ | ||||
| } ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ADC1 analog channel selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_0 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /**< Analog channel 0 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_1 = (uint8_t) 0x01, /**< Analog channel 1 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_2 = (uint8_t) 0x02, /**< Analog channel 2 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_3 = (uint8_t) 0x03, /**< Analog channel 3 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_4 = (uint8_t) 0x04, /**< Analog channel 4 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_5 = (uint8_t) 0x05, /**< Analog channel 5 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_6 = (uint8_t) 0x06, /**< Analog channel 6 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_7 = (uint8_t) 0x07, /**< Analog channel 7 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_8 = (uint8_t) 0x08, /**< Analog channel 8 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_9 = (uint8_t) 0x09, /**< Analog channel 9 */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_CHANNEL_12 = (uint8_t) 0x0C /**< Analog channel 12 */ | ||||
| 	/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */ | ||||
| } ADC1_Channel_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ADC1_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macros used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different prescaler's values. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2) || \ | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12) || \
 | ||||
|                                       ((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different external trigger values. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(EXTRIG) (((EXTRIG) == ADC1_EXTTRIG_TIM) || \ | ||||
|                                    ((EXTRIG) == ADC1_EXTTRIG_GPIO)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different alignment modes. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC1_ALIGN_LEFT) || \ | ||||
|                                 ((ALIGN) == ADC1_ALIGN_RIGHT)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the Interrupt source. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == ADC1_IT_EOCIE) || \ | ||||
|                           ((IT) == ADC1_IT_AWDIE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the ADC1 Flag. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_EOC)|| \ | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_OVR) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWD) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS0) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS1) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS2) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS3) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS4) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS5) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS6) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS7) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS8) || \
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS9)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the ADC1 pending bits. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPENDINGBIT) (((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_EOC) || \ | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWD) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS0) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS1) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS2) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS3) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS4) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS5) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS6) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS7) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS8) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS12) || \
 | ||||
|     ((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS9)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different schmitt trigger values. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(SCHMITTTRIG) (((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0) || \ | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL) || \
 | ||||
|     ((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different conversion modes. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((MODE) == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different channels values. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_0) || \ | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_1) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_2) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_3) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_4) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_5) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_6) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_7) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_8) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_12) || \
 | ||||
|                                     ((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_9)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the possible buffer values. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_ADC1_BUFFER_OK(BUFFER) ((BUFFER) <= (uint8_t)0x09) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ADC1_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void ADC1_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_Init(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, | ||||
| 			   ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, | ||||
| 			   ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_PrescalerSelection, | ||||
| 			   ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, | ||||
| 			   FunctionalState ADC1_ExtTriggerState, ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align, | ||||
| 			   ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, | ||||
| 			   FunctionalState ADC1_SchmittTriggerState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ScanModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_DataBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ITConfig(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ADC1_IT, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_Prescaler); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, | ||||
| 							   FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, | ||||
| 						   ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, | ||||
| 						   ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_AWDChannelConfig(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_StartConversion(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint16_t ADC1_GetConversionValue(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_SetHighThreshold(uint16_t Threshold); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_SetLowThreshold(uint16_t Threshold); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint16_t ADC1_GetBufferValue(uint8_t Buffer); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus ADC1_GetAWDChannelStatus(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus ADC1_GetFlagStatus(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ClearFlag(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| ITStatus ADC1_GetITStatus(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ADC1_ClearITPendingBit(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup ADC1_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the ADC1 peripheral registers to their default reset values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ADC1->CSR = ADC1_CSR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR1 = ADC1_CR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR2 = ADC1_CR2_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR3 = ADC1_CR3_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->TDRH = ADC1_TDRH_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->TDRL = ADC1_TDRL_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->HTRH = ADC1_HTRH_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->HTRL = ADC1_HTRL_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->LTRH = ADC1_LTRH_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->LTRL = ADC1_LTRL_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->AWCRH = ADC1_AWCRH_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ADC1->AWCRL = ADC1_AWCRL_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configure the ADC1 conversion on selected channel. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_ConversionMode Specifies the conversion type. | ||||
|   * It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_Channel specifies the ADC1 Channel. | ||||
|   * It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_Align specifies the converted data alignment. | ||||
|   * It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Align_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, | ||||
| 								  ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC1_ConversionMode)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(ADC1_Channel)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ADC1_Align)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the align bit */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR2_ALIGN); | ||||
| 	/* Configure the data alignment */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC1_Align); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (ADC1_ConversionMode == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS) { | ||||
| 		/* Set the continuous conversion mode */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_CONT; | ||||
| 	} else /* ADC1_ConversionMode == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Set the single conversion mode */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR1_CONT); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the ADC1 channels */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CSR_CH); | ||||
| 	/* Select the ADC1 channel */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CSR |= (uint8_t) (ADC1_Channel); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the ADC1 Schmitt Trigger on a selected channel. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel specifies the desired Channel. | ||||
|   * It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState specifies Channel new status. | ||||
|   * can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL) { | ||||
| 		if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRL &= (uint8_t) 0x0; | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRH &= (uint8_t) 0x0; | ||||
| 		} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRL |= (uint8_t) 0xFF; | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRH |= (uint8_t) 0xFF; | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else if (ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel < ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8) { | ||||
| 		if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRL &= (uint8_t) (~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 0x01 << (uint8_t) ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel)); | ||||
| 		} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRL |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 0x01 << (uint8_t) ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else /* ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel >= ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRH &= (uint8_t) (~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 0x01 | ||||
| 				<< ((uint8_t) ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t) 8))); | ||||
| 		} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			ADC1->TDRH |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 0x01 << ((uint8_t) ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t) 8)); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configure the ADC1 prescaler division factor. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_Prescaler: the selected precaler. | ||||
|   * It can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_Prescaler) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(ADC1_Prescaler)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the SPSEL bits */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR1_SPSEL); | ||||
| 	/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC1_PrescalerSelection values */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR1 |= (uint8_t) (ADC1_Prescaler); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configure the ADC1 conversion on external trigger event. | ||||
|   * @par Full description: | ||||
|   * The selected external trigger event can be enabled or disabled. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_ExtTrigger to select the External trigger event. | ||||
|   * can have one of the values of @ref ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState to enable/disable the selected external trigger | ||||
|   * can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC1_ExtTrigger)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the external trigger selection bits */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR2_EXTSEL); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		/* Enable the selected external Trigger */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC1_CR2_EXTTRIG); | ||||
| 	} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Disable the selected external trigger */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR2_EXTTRIG); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set the selected external trigger */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC1_ExtTrigger); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the ADC1 peripheral according to the specified parameters | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_ConversionMode: specifies the conversion mode | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_Channel: specifies the channel to convert | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_PrescalerSelection: specifies the ADC1 prescaler | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_ExtTrigger: specifies the external trigger | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_ExtTriggerState: specifies the external trigger new state | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_Align: specifies the converted data alignment | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Align_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel: specifies the schmitt trigger channel | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_SchmittTriggerState: specifies the schmitt trigger state | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_Init(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, | ||||
| 					  ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_PrescalerSelection, ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, | ||||
| 					  FunctionalState ADC1_ExtTriggerState, ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align, | ||||
| 					  ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState ADC1_SchmittTriggerState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC1_ConversionMode)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(ADC1_Channel)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(ADC1_PrescalerSelection)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC1_ExtTrigger)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(((ADC1_ExtTriggerState)))); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ADC1_Align)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*-----------------CR1 & CSR configuration --------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Configure the conversion mode and the channel to convert
 | ||||
| 	respectively according to ADC1_ConversionMode & ADC1_Channel values  &  ADC1_Align values */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel, ADC1_Align); | ||||
| 	/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC1_PrescalerSelection values */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PrescalerSelection); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*-----------------CR2 configuration --------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Configure the external trigger state and event respectively
 | ||||
| 	according to NewState, ADC1_ExtTrigger */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrigger, ADC1_ExtTriggerState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*------------------TDR configuration ---------------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Configure the schmitt trigger channel and state respectively
 | ||||
| 	according to ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel & ADC1_SchmittTriggerNewState  values */ | ||||
| 	ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, ADC1_SchmittTriggerState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable the ADC1 peripheral */ | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or Disables the ADC1 peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState: specifies the peripheral enabled or disabled state. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON; | ||||
| 	} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR1_ADON); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or Disables the ADC1 scan mode. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState: specifies the selected mode enabled or disabled state. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ScanModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR2 |= ADC1_CR2_SCAN; | ||||
| 	} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR2_SCAN); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or Disables the ADC1 data store into the Data Buffer registers rather than in the Data Register | ||||
|   * @param   NewState: specifies the selected mode enabled or disabled state. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_DataBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR3 |= ADC1_CR3_DBUF; | ||||
| 	} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR3 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR3_DBUF); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the ADC1 interrupt. | ||||
|   * @param   ADC1_IT specifies the name of the interrupt to enable or disable. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWDITEN : Analog WDG interrupt enable | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_EOCITEN  : EOC iterrupt enable | ||||
|   * @param   NewState specifies the state of the interrupt to apply. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ITConfig(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ADC1_IT, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_IT_OK(ADC1_IT)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		/* Enable the ADC1 interrupts */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CSR |= (uint8_t) ADC1_IT; | ||||
| 	} else  /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Disable the ADC1 interrupts */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t) ((uint16_t) ~(uint16_t) ADC1_IT); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Start ADC1 conversion | ||||
|   * @par Full description: | ||||
|   * This function  triggers the start of conversion, after ADC1 configuration. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * Enable the ADC1 peripheral before calling this function | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_StartConversion(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Get one sample of measured signal. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval ConversionValue:  value of the measured signal. | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * ADC1 conversion finished. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint16_t ADC1_GetConversionValue(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint16_t temph = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t templ = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((ADC1->CR2 & ADC1_CR2_ALIGN) != 0) /* Right alignment */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Read LSB first */ | ||||
| 		templ = ADC1->DRL; | ||||
| 		/* Then read MSB */ | ||||
| 		temph = ADC1->DRH; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		temph = (uint16_t) (templ | (uint16_t) (temph << (uint8_t) 8)); | ||||
| 	} else /* Left alignment */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Read MSB first*/ | ||||
| 		temph = ADC1->DRH; | ||||
| 		/* Then read LSB */ | ||||
| 		templ = ADC1->DRL; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		temph = (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ((uint16_t) templ << 6) | (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) temph << 8)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((uint16_t) temph); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the analog watchdog for the given channel. | ||||
|   * @param   Channel specifies the desired Channel. | ||||
|   * It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState specifies the analog watchdog new state. | ||||
|   * can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_AWDChannelConfig(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(Channel)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (Channel < (uint8_t) 8) { | ||||
| 		if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWCRL |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << Channel); | ||||
| 		} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWCRL &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << Channel); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWCRH |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (Channel - (uint8_t) 8)); | ||||
| 		} else /* NewState == DISABLE */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWCRH &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (uint8_t) (Channel - (uint8_t) 8)); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the high threshold of the analog watchdog. | ||||
|   * @param   Threshold specifies the high threshold value. | ||||
|   * this value depends on the reference voltage range. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_SetHighThreshold(uint16_t Threshold) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ADC1->HTRH = (uint8_t) (Threshold >> (uint8_t) 2); | ||||
| 	ADC1->HTRL = (uint8_t) Threshold; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the low threshold of the analog watchdog. | ||||
|   * @param   Threshold specifies the low threshold value. | ||||
|   * this value depends on the reference voltage range. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_SetLowThreshold(uint16_t Threshold) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ADC1->LTRL = (uint8_t) Threshold; | ||||
| 	ADC1->LTRH = (uint8_t) (Threshold >> (uint8_t) 2); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Get one sample of measured signal. | ||||
|   * @param   Buffer specifies the buffer to read. | ||||
|   * @retval BufferValue:  value read from the given buffer. | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * ADC1 conversion finished. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint16_t ADC1_GetBufferValue(uint8_t Buffer) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint16_t temph = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t templ = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_BUFFER_OK(Buffer)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((ADC1->CR2 & ADC1_CR2_ALIGN) != 0) /* Right alignment */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Read LSB first */ | ||||
| 		templ = *(uint8_t *) (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t) (Buffer << 1) + 1); | ||||
| 		/* Then read MSB */ | ||||
| 		temph = *(uint8_t *) (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t) (Buffer << 1)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		temph = (uint16_t) (templ | (uint16_t) (temph << (uint8_t) 8)); | ||||
| 	} else /* Left alignment */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Read MSB first*/ | ||||
| 		temph = *(uint8_t *) (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t) (Buffer << 1)); | ||||
| 		/* Then read LSB */ | ||||
| 		templ = *(uint8_t *) (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t) (Buffer << 1) + 1); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		temph = (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) ((uint16_t) templ << 6) | (uint16_t) (temph << 8)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((uint16_t) temph); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks the specified analog watchdog channel status. | ||||
|   * @param   Channel: specify the channel of which to check the analog watchdog | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus Status of the analog watchdog. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus ADC1_GetAWDChannelStatus(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t status = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(Channel)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (Channel < (uint8_t) 8) { | ||||
| 		status = (uint8_t) (ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << Channel)); | ||||
| 	} else /* Channel = 8 | 9 */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		status = (uint8_t) (ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (Channel - (uint8_t) 8))); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((FlagStatus) status); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks the specified ADC1 flag status. | ||||
|   * @param   Flag: ADC1 flag. | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Flag_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus Status of the ADC1 flag. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus ADC1_GetFlagStatus(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t flagstatus = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t temp = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(Flag)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((Flag & 0x0F) == 0x01) { | ||||
| 		/* Get OVR flag status */ | ||||
| 		flagstatus = (uint8_t) (ADC1->CR3 & ADC1_CR3_OVR); | ||||
| 	} else if ((Flag & 0xF0) == 0x10) { | ||||
| 		/* Get analog watchdog channel status */ | ||||
| 		temp = (uint8_t) (Flag & (uint8_t) 0x0F); | ||||
| 		if (temp < 8) { | ||||
| 			flagstatus = (uint8_t) (ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << temp)); | ||||
| 		} else { | ||||
| 			flagstatus = (uint8_t) (ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (temp - 8))); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else  /* Get EOC | AWD flag status */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		flagstatus = (uint8_t) (ADC1->CSR & Flag); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	return ((FlagStatus) flagstatus); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clear the specified ADC1 Flag. | ||||
|   * @param   Flag: ADC1 flag. | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Flag_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ClearFlag(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t temp = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(Flag)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((Flag & 0x0F) == 0x01) { | ||||
| 		/* Clear OVR flag status */ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CR3 &= (uint8_t) (~ADC1_CR3_OVR); | ||||
| 	} else if ((Flag & 0xF0) == 0x10) { | ||||
| 		/* Clear analog watchdog channel status */ | ||||
| 		temp = (uint8_t) (Flag & (uint8_t) 0x0F); | ||||
| 		if (temp < 8) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWSRL &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << temp); | ||||
| 		} else { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWSRH &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (temp - 8)); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else  /* Clear EOC | AWD flag status */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~Flag); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the specified pending bit status | ||||
|   * @param   ITPendingBit : the IT pending bit to check. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWD   : Analog WDG IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS0 : Analog channel 0 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS1 : Analog channel 1 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS2 : Analog channel 2 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS3 : Analog channel 3 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS4 : Analog channel 4 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS5 : Analog channel 5 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS6 : Analog channel 6 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS7 : Analog channel 7 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS8 : Analog channel 8 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS9 : Analog channel 9 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_EOC    : EOC pending bit | ||||
|   * @retval ITStatus: status of the specified pending bit. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline ITStatus ADC1_GetITStatus(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ITStatus itstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 	uint8_t temp = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPendingBit)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (((uint16_t) ITPendingBit & 0xF0) == 0x10) { | ||||
| 		/* Get analog watchdog channel status */ | ||||
| 		temp = (uint8_t) ((uint16_t) ITPendingBit & 0x0F); | ||||
| 		if (temp < 8) { | ||||
| 			itstatus = (ITStatus) (ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << temp)); | ||||
| 		} else { | ||||
| 			itstatus = (ITStatus) (ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (temp - 8))); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else  /* Get EOC | AWD flag status */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		itstatus = (ITStatus) (ADC1->CSR & (uint8_t) ITPendingBit); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	return ((ITStatus) itstatus); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clear the ADC1 End of Conversion pending bit. | ||||
|   * @param   ITPendingBit : the IT pending bit to clear. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWD   : Analog WDG IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS0 : Analog channel 0 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS1 : Analog channel 1 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS2 : Analog channel 2 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS3 : Analog channel 3 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS4 : Analog channel 4 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS5 : Analog channel 5 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS6 : Analog channel 6 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS7 : Analog channel 7 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS8 : Analog channel 8 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_AWS9 : Analog channel 9 IT status | ||||
|   *    - ADC1_IT_EOC  : EOC pending bit | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ADC1_ClearITPendingBit(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t temp = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPendingBit)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (((uint16_t) ITPendingBit & 0xF0) == 0x10) { | ||||
| 		/* Clear analog watchdog channel status */ | ||||
| 		temp = (uint8_t) ((uint16_t) ITPendingBit & 0x0F); | ||||
| 		if (temp < 8) { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWSRL &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << temp); | ||||
| 		} else { | ||||
| 			ADC1->AWSRH &= (uint8_t) ~(uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (temp - 8)); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} else  /* Clear EOC | AWD flag status */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t) ((uint16_t) ~(uint16_t) ITPendingBit); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_ADC1_H */ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,318 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_awu.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the AWU peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_AWU_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_AWU_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  AWU TimeBase selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_NO_IT = (uint8_t) 0,    /*!< No AWU interrupt selected */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_250US = (uint8_t) 1,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 0.25 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_500US = (uint8_t) 2,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 0.5 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_1MS = (uint8_t) 3,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 1 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_2MS = (uint8_t) 4,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 2 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_4MS = (uint8_t) 5,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 4 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_8MS = (uint8_t) 6,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 8 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_16MS = (uint8_t) 7,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 16 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_32MS = (uint8_t) 8,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 32 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_64MS = (uint8_t) 9,    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 64 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_128MS = (uint8_t) 10,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 128 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_256MS = (uint8_t) 11,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 256 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_512MS = (uint8_t) 12,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 512 ms */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_1S = (uint8_t) 13,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 1 s */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_2S = (uint8_t) 14,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 2 s */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_12S = (uint8_t) 15,   /*!< AWU Timebase equals 12 s */ | ||||
| 	AWU_TIMEBASE_30S = (uint8_t) 16    /*!< AWU Timebase equals 30 s */ | ||||
| } AWU_Timebase_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Constants
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN ((uint32_t)110000) /*!< LSI minimum value in Hertz */ | ||||
| #define LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX ((uint32_t)150000) /*!< LSI maximum value in Hertz */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup AWU_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief   Macro used by the assert function to check the AWU timebases | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_AWU_TIMEBASE_OK(TB) \ | ||||
|   (((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_NO_IT) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_250US) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_500US) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_1MS)   || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_2MS)   || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_4MS)   || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_8MS)   || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_16MS)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_32MS)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_64MS)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_128MS) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_256MS) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_512MS) || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_1S)    || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_2S)    || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_12S)   || \
 | ||||
|    ((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_30S)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief    Macro used by the assert function to check the LSI frequency (in Hz) | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \ | ||||
|   (((FREQ) >= LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN) && \
 | ||||
|    ((FREQ) <= LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void AWU_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void AWU_Init(AWU_Timebase_TypeDef AWU_TimeBase); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void AWU_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void AWU_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void AWU_IdleModeEnable(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus AWU_GetFlagStatus(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup AWU_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the AWU peripheral registers to their default reset | ||||
|   * values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void AWU_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	AWU->CSR = AWU_CSR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	AWU->APR = AWU_APR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	AWU->TBR = AWU_TBR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the AWU peripheral according to the specified parameters. | ||||
|   * @param   AWU_TimeBase : Time base selection (interval between AWU interrupts). | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref AWU_Timebase_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * The LS RC calibration must be performed before calling this function. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void AWU_Init(AWU_Timebase_TypeDef AWU_TimeBase) | ||||
| { | ||||
| /* See also AWU_Timebase_TypeDef structure in stm8s_awu.h file :
 | ||||
|                           N   2   5   1   2   4   8   1   3   6   1   2   5   1   2   1   3 | ||||
|                           O   5   0   m   m   m   m   6   2   4   2   5   1   s   s   2   0 | ||||
|                           I   0   0   s   s   s   s   m   m   m   8   6   2           s   s | ||||
|                           T   u   u                   s   s   s   m   m   m | ||||
|                               s   s                               s   s   s | ||||
| */ | ||||
| /** Contains the different values to write in the APR register (used by AWU_Init function) */ | ||||
| 	static CONST uint8_t APR_Array[17] = | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			0, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 61, 23, 23, 62 | ||||
| 		}; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** Contains the different values to write in the TBR register (used by AWU_Init function) */ | ||||
| 	static CONST uint8_t TBR_Array[17] = | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 12, 14, 15, 15 | ||||
| 		}; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_AWU_TIMEBASE_OK(AWU_TimeBase)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable the AWU peripheral */ | ||||
| 	AWU->CSR |= AWU_CSR_AWUEN; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set the TimeBase */ | ||||
| 	AWU->TBR &= (uint8_t) (~AWU_TBR_AWUTB); | ||||
| 	AWU->TBR |= TBR_Array[(uint8_t) AWU_TimeBase]; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set the APR divider */ | ||||
| 	AWU->APR &= (uint8_t) (~AWU_APR_APR); | ||||
| 	AWU->APR |= APR_Array[(uint8_t) AWU_TimeBase]; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enable or disable the AWU peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState Indicates the new state of the AWU peripheral. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * Initialisation of AWU and LS RC calibration must be done before. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void AWU_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		/* Enable the AWU peripheral */ | ||||
| 		AWU->CSR |= AWU_CSR_AWUEN; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Disable the AWU peripheral */ | ||||
| 		AWU->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~AWU_CSR_AWUEN); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Update APR register with the measured LSI frequency. | ||||
|   * @par Note on the APR calculation: | ||||
|   * A is the integer part of lsifreqkhz/4 and x the decimal part. | ||||
|   * x <= A/(1+2A) is equivalent to A >= x(1+2A) and also to 4A >= 4x(1+2A) [F1] | ||||
|   * but we know that A + x = lsifreqkhz/4 ==> 4x = lsifreqkhz-4A | ||||
|   * so [F1] can be written : | ||||
|   * 4A >= (lsifreqkhz-4A)(1+2A) | ||||
|   * @param   LSIFreqHz Low Speed RC frequency measured by timer (in Hz). | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * - AWU must be disabled to avoid unwanted interrupts. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void AWU_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint16_t lsifreqkhz = 0x0; | ||||
| 	uint16_t A = 0x0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(LSIFreqHz)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	lsifreqkhz = (uint16_t) (LSIFreqHz / 1000); /* Converts value in kHz */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Calculation of AWU calibration value */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	A = (uint16_t) (lsifreqkhz >> 2U); /* Division by 4, keep integer part only */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((4U * A) >= ((lsifreqkhz - (4U * A)) * (1U + (2U * A)))) { | ||||
| 		AWU->APR = (uint8_t) (A - 2U); | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		AWU->APR = (uint8_t) (A - 1U); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configures AWU in Idle mode to reduce power consumption. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void AWU_IdleModeEnable(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Disable AWU peripheral */ | ||||
| 	AWU->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~AWU_CSR_AWUEN); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* No AWU timebase */ | ||||
| 	AWU->TBR = (uint8_t) (~AWU_TBR_AWUTB); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns status of the AWU peripheral flag. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus : Status of the AWU flag. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus AWU_GetFlagStatus(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((FlagStatus) (((uint8_t) (AWU->CSR & AWU_CSR_AWUF) == (uint8_t) 0x00) ? RESET : SET)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_AWU_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,241 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_beep.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the BEEP peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_BEEP_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_BEEP_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  BEEP Frequency selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	BEEP_FREQUENCY_1KHZ = (uint8_t) 0x00,  /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 1 KHz */ | ||||
| 	BEEP_FREQUENCY_2KHZ = (uint8_t) 0x40,  /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 2 KHz */ | ||||
| 	BEEP_FREQUENCY_4KHZ = (uint8_t) 0x80   /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 4 KHz */ | ||||
| } BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Constants
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define BEEP_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< Default value when calibration is not done */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN ((uint32_t)110000) /*!< LSI minimum value in Hertz */ | ||||
| #define LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX ((uint32_t)150000) /*!< LSI maximum value in Hertz */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup BEEP_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the BEEP frequencies. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_BEEP_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \ | ||||
|   (((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_1KHZ) || \
 | ||||
|    ((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_2KHZ) || \
 | ||||
|    ((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_4KHZ)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief   Macro used by the assert function to check the LSI frequency (in Hz). | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \ | ||||
|   (((FREQ) >= LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN) && \
 | ||||
|    ((FREQ) <= LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| void BEEP_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void BEEP_Init(BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef BEEP_Frequency); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void BEEP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void BEEP_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup BEEP_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the BEEP peripheral registers to their default reset | ||||
|   * values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void BEEP_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	BEEP->CSR = BEEP_CSR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the BEEP function according to the specified parameters. | ||||
|   * @param   BEEP_Frequency Frequency selection. | ||||
|   * can be one of the values of @ref BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * The LS RC calibration must be performed before calling this function. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void BEEP_Init(BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef BEEP_Frequency) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_BEEP_FREQUENCY_OK(BEEP_Frequency)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set a default calibration value if no calibration is done */ | ||||
| 	if ((BEEP->CSR & BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV) == BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV) { | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV); /* Clear bits */ | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR |= BEEP_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Select the output frequency */ | ||||
| 	BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~BEEP_CSR_BEEPSEL); | ||||
| 	BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t) (BEEP_Frequency); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enable or disable the BEEP function. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState Indicates the new state of the BEEP function. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * Initialisation of BEEP and LS RC calibration must be done before. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void BEEP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		/* Enable the BEEP peripheral */ | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR |= BEEP_CSR_BEEPEN; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Disable the BEEP peripheral */ | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~BEEP_CSR_BEEPEN); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Update CSR register with the measured LSI frequency. | ||||
|   * @par Note on the APR calculation: | ||||
|   * A is the integer part of LSIFreqkHz/4 and x the decimal part. | ||||
|   * x <= A/(1+2A) is equivalent to A >= x(1+2A) and also to 4A >= 4x(1+2A) [F1] | ||||
|   * but we know that A + x = LSIFreqkHz/4 ==> 4x = LSIFreqkHz-4A | ||||
|   * so [F1] can be written : | ||||
|   * 4A >= (LSIFreqkHz-4A)(1+2A) | ||||
|   * @param   LSIFreqHz Low Speed RC frequency measured by timer (in Hz). | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * - BEEP must be disabled to avoid unwanted interrupts. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void BEEP_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint16_t lsifreqkhz; | ||||
| 	uint16_t A; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(LSIFreqHz)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	lsifreqkhz = (uint16_t) (LSIFreqHz / 1000); /* Converts value in kHz */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Calculation of BEEPER calibration value */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV); /* Clear bits */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	A = (uint16_t) (lsifreqkhz >> 3U); /* Division by 8, keep integer part only */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((8U * A) >= ((lsifreqkhz - (8U * A)) * (1U + (2U * A)))) { | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t) (A - 2U); | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t) (A - 1U); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_BEEP_H */ | ||||
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						| @ -0,0 +1,293 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_exti.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the EXTI peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_EXTI_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_EXTI_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  EXTI Sensitivity values for PORTA to PORTE | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_LOW = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Interrupt on Falling edge and Low level */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY = (uint8_t) 0x01, /*!< Interrupt on Rising edge only */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Interrupt on Falling edge only */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_FALL = (uint8_t) 0x03  /*!< Interrupt on Rising and Falling edges */ | ||||
| } EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  EXTI Sensitivity values for TLI | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Top Level Interrupt on Falling edge only */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY = (uint8_t) 0x04  /*!< Top Level Interrupt on Rising edge only */ | ||||
| } EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  EXTI PortNum possible values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	EXTI_PORT_GPIOA = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< GPIO Port A */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_PORT_GPIOB = (uint8_t) 0x01, /*!< GPIO Port B */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_PORT_GPIOC = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< GPIO Port C */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_PORT_GPIOD = (uint8_t) 0x03, /*!< GPIO Port D */ | ||||
| 	EXTI_PORT_GPIOE = (uint8_t) 0x04  /*!< GPIO Port E */ | ||||
| } EXTI_Port_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup EXTI_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for PORTA to PORTE. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_EXTI_SENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue) \ | ||||
|   (((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_LOW) || \
 | ||||
|    ((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY) || \
 | ||||
|    ((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY) || \
 | ||||
|    ((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_FALL)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for TLI. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue) \ | ||||
|   (((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY) || \
 | ||||
|    ((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different Port values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(PORT) \ | ||||
|   (((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOA) ||\
 | ||||
|    ((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOB) ||\
 | ||||
|    ((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOC) ||\
 | ||||
|    ((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOD) ||\
 | ||||
|    ((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different values of the EXTI PinMask | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_EXTI_PINMASK_OK(PinMask) ((((PinMask) & (uint8_t)0x00) == (uint8_t)0x00) && ((PinMask) != (uint8_t)0x00)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| void EXTI_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void EXTI_SetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port, EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void EXTI_SetTLISensitivity(EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetTLISensitivity(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup EXTI_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the external interrupt control registers to their default reset value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void EXTI_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	EXTI->CR1 = EXTI_CR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	EXTI->CR2 = EXTI_CR2_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Set the external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port. | ||||
|   * @warning | ||||
|   * - The modification of external interrupt sensitivity is only possible when the interrupts are disabled. | ||||
|   * - The normal behavior is to disable the interrupts before calling this function, and re-enable them after. | ||||
|   * @param   Port The port number to access. | ||||
|   * @param   SensitivityValue The external interrupt sensitivity value to set. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * Global interrupts must be disabled before calling this function. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void EXTI_SetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port, EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(Port)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_EXTI_SENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set external interrupt sensitivity */ | ||||
| 	switch (Port) { | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOA: | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR1_PAIS); | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t) (SensitivityValue); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOB: | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR1_PBIS); | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (SensitivityValue) << 2); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOC: | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR1_PCIS); | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (SensitivityValue) << 4); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOD: | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR1_PDIS); | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (SensitivityValue) << 6); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOE: | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR2_PEIS); | ||||
| 			EXTI->CR2 |= (uint8_t) (SensitivityValue); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		default: | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Set the TLI interrupt sensitivity. | ||||
|   * @param   SensitivityValue The TLI interrupt sensitivity value. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   * @par Required preconditions: | ||||
|   * Global interrupts must be disabled before calling this function. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void EXTI_SetTLISensitivity(EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set TLI interrupt sensitivity */ | ||||
| 	EXTI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~EXTI_CR2_TLIS); | ||||
| 	EXTI->CR2 |= (uint8_t) (SensitivityValue); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Get the external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port. | ||||
|   * @param   Port The port number to access. | ||||
|   * @retval EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef The external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t value = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(Port)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	switch (Port) { | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOA: | ||||
| 			value = (uint8_t) (EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PAIS); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOB: | ||||
| 			value = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PBIS) >> 2); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOC: | ||||
| 			value = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PCIS) >> 4); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOD: | ||||
| 			value = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PDIS) >> 6); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		case EXTI_PORT_GPIOE: | ||||
| 			value = (uint8_t) (EXTI->CR2 & EXTI_CR2_PEIS); | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 		default: | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef) value); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Get the TLI interrupt sensitivity. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef The TLI interrupt sensitivity read. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetTLISensitivity(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t value = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Get TLI interrupt sensitivity */ | ||||
| 	value = (uint8_t) (EXTI->CR2 & EXTI_CR2_TLIS); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef) value); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_EXTI_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,785 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_flash.c | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all the functions for the FLASH peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s_flash.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
| @code | ||||
|  This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all | ||||
|  STM8S devices. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  It includes as well functions that can be either executed from RAM or not, and | ||||
|  other functions that must be executed from RAM otherwise useless. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  The table below lists the functions that can be executed from RAM. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ||||
|  |   Functions prototypes      |    RAM execution            |     Comments       | | ||||
|  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ||||
|  |                             | Mandatory in case of block  | Can be executed    | | ||||
|  | FLASH_WaitForLastOperation  | Operation:                  | from Flash in case | | ||||
|  |                             | - Block programming         | of byte and word   | | ||||
|  |                             | - Block erase               | Operations         | | ||||
|  |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ||||
|  | FLASH_ProgramBlock          |       Exclusively           | useless from Flash | | ||||
|  |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ||||
|  | FLASH_EraseBlock            |       Exclusively           | useless from Flash | | ||||
|  |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------| | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  To be able to execute functions from RAM several steps have to be followed. | ||||
|  These steps may differ from one toolchain to another. | ||||
|  A detailed description is available below within this driver. | ||||
|  You can also refer to the FLASH examples provided within the | ||||
|  STM8S_StdPeriph_Lib package. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| @endcode | ||||
| */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #define _FLASH_FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE    ((uint8_t)0x00) | ||||
| #define _FLASH_FLASH_SET_BYTE      ((uint8_t)0xFF) | ||||
| #define _FLASH_OPERATION_TIMEOUT   ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| // SDCC patch: for passing args to inline ASM (SDCC doesn't support far pointers yet)
 | ||||
| #if defined (_SDCC_) | ||||
| uint32_t asm_addr;      // 16b/24b address
 | ||||
| uint8_t asm_val;       // 1B data for r/w data
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| // SDCC patch: r/w for 16b/24b addresses (SDCC doesn't support far pointers yet)
 | ||||
| #if defined (_SDCC_) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void write_byte_address(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data);   // write single byte to 16b/24b address
 | ||||
| uint8_t read_byte_address(uint32_t Address);                  // read single byte from 16b/24b address
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined (_SDCC_) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  write single byte to address | ||||
|   * @note   is required for SDCC, which doesn't yet support far pointers. | ||||
|   *         For simplicity 16- and 24-bit pointers are treated identically. | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Address of the byte to copy | ||||
|   *         Data :    Value to be copied | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void write_byte_address(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* store address & data globally for assember */ | ||||
| 	asm_addr = Address; | ||||
| 	asm_val = Data; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* use inline assembler to write to 16b/24b address */ | ||||
| 	__asm | ||||
| 	ld    a, _asm_val | ||||
| 	ldf[_asm_addr + 1].e, a | ||||
| 	__endasm; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads any byte from flash memory | ||||
|   * @note   is required for SDCC, which doesn't yet support far pointers. | ||||
|   *         For simplicity 16- and 24-bit pointers are treated identically. | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Address to read | ||||
|   * @retval Value of the byte | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| uint8_t read_byte_address(uint32_t Address) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* store address globally for assember */ | ||||
| 	asm_addr = Address; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* use inline assembler to read from 16b/24b address */ | ||||
| 	__asm | ||||
| 	ldf    a,[_asm_addr+1].e | ||||
| 	ld _asm_val, a | ||||
| 	__endasm; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* return read byte */ | ||||
| 	return (asm_val); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup FLASH_Public_functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Unlocks the program or data EEPROM memory | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_MemType : Memory type to unlock | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_Unlock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Unlock program memory */ | ||||
| 	if (FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) { | ||||
| 		FLASH->PUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY1; | ||||
| 		FLASH->PUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY2; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 		/* Unlock data memory */ | ||||
| 	else { | ||||
| 		FLASH->DUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY2; /* Warning: keys are reversed on data memory !!! */ | ||||
| 		FLASH->DUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY1; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Locks the program or data EEPROM memory | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_MemType : Memory type | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_Lock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Lock memory */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t) FLASH_MemType; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  DeInitializes the FLASH registers to their default reset values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR1 = FLASH_CR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 = FLASH_CR2_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 = FLASH_NCR2_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_IAPSR_DUL); | ||||
| 	FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_IAPSR_PUL); | ||||
| 	(void) FLASH->IAPSR; /* Reading of this register causes the clearing of status flags */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or Disables the Flash interrupt mode | ||||
|   * @param  NewState : The new state of the flash interrupt mode | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref FunctionalState enumeration. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		FLASH->CR1 |= FLASH_CR1_IE; /* Enables the interrupt sources */ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_CR1_IE); /* Disables the interrupt sources */ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Erases one byte in the program or data EEPROM memory | ||||
|   * @note   PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if 
 | ||||
|   *         the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes). | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Address of the byte to erase | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_EraseByte(uint32_t Address) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Erase byte */ | ||||
| #ifndef _SDCC_ | ||||
| 	*(PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)Address = _FLASH_FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE; | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address, _FLASH_FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE);    // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Programs one byte in program or data EEPROM memory | ||||
|   * @note   PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if 
 | ||||
|   *         the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes). | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Address where the byte will be programmed | ||||
|   * @param  Data : Value to be programmed | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Program byte */ | ||||
| #ifndef _SDCC_ | ||||
| 	*(PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)Address = Data; | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address, Data);    // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads any byte from flash memory | ||||
|   * @note   PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if 
 | ||||
|   *         the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes). | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Address to read | ||||
|   * @retval Value of the byte | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| uint8_t FLASH_ReadByte(uint32_t Address) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Read byte */ | ||||
| #ifndef _SDCC_ | ||||
| 	return(*(PointerAttr uint8_t *) (MemoryAddressCast)Address); | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	return (read_byte_address(Address));    // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Programs one word (4 bytes) in program or data EEPROM memory | ||||
|   * @note   PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if 
 | ||||
|   *         the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes). | ||||
|   * @param  Address : The address where the data will be programmed | ||||
|   * @param  Data : Value to be programmed | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable Word Write Once */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_WPRG; | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NWPRG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #ifndef _SDCC_ | ||||
| 	/* Write one byte - from lowest address*/ | ||||
| 	*((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address)       = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)); | ||||
| 	/* Write one byte*/ | ||||
| 	*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 1) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+1); | ||||
| 	/* Write one byte*/ | ||||
| 	*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 2) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+2); | ||||
| 	/* Write one byte - from higher address*/ | ||||
| 	*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 3) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+3); | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address, *((uint8_t *) (&Data)));    // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
 | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address + 1, *((uint8_t *) (&Data) + 1)); | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address + 2, *((uint8_t *) (&Data) + 2)); | ||||
| 	write_byte_address(Address + 3, *((uint8_t *) (&Data) + 3)); | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Programs option byte | ||||
|   * @param  Address : option byte address to program | ||||
|   * @param  Data : Value to write | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramOptionByte(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable write access to option bytes */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_OPT; | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NOPT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* check if the option byte to program is ROP*/ | ||||
| 	if (Address == 0x4800) { | ||||
| 		/* Program option byte*/ | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) Address) = Data; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Program option byte and his complement */ | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) Address) = Data; | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) ((uint16_t) (Address + 1))) = (uint8_t) (~Data); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Disable write access to option bytes */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_CR2_OPT); | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 |= FLASH_NCR2_NOPT; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Erases option byte | ||||
|   * @param  Address : Option byte address to erase | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_EraseOptionByte(uint16_t Address) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	//assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable write access to option bytes */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_OPT; | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NOPT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* check if the option byte to erase is ROP */ | ||||
| 	if (Address == 0x4800) { | ||||
| 		/* Erase option byte */ | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) Address) = _FLASH_FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Erase option byte and his complement */ | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) Address) = _FLASH_FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE; | ||||
| 		*((NEAR uint8_t *) ((uint16_t) (Address + (uint16_t) 1))) = _FLASH_FLASH_SET_BYTE; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Disable write access to option bytes */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_CR2_OPT); | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 |= FLASH_NCR2_NOPT; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads one option byte | ||||
|   * @param  Address  option byte address to read. | ||||
|   * @retval Option byte read value + its complement | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| uint16_t FLASH_ReadOptionByte(uint16_t Address) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t value_optbyte, value_optbyte_complement = 0; | ||||
| 	uint16_t res_value = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	value_optbyte = *((NEAR uint8_t *) Address); /* Read option byte */ | ||||
| 	value_optbyte_complement = *(((NEAR uint8_t *) Address) + 1); /* Read option byte complement */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Read-out protection option byte */ | ||||
| 	if (Address == 0x4800) { | ||||
| 		res_value = value_optbyte; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		if (value_optbyte == (uint8_t) (~value_optbyte_complement)) { | ||||
| 			res_value = (uint16_t) ((uint16_t) value_optbyte << 8); | ||||
| 			res_value = res_value | (uint16_t) value_optbyte_complement; | ||||
| 		} else { | ||||
| 			res_value = FLASH_OPTIONBYTE_ERROR; | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	return (res_value); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Select the Flash behaviour in low power mode | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_LPMode Low power mode selection | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef values. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_SetLowPowerMode(FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_LPMode) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_LOW_POWER_MODE_OK(FLASH_LPMode)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clears the two bits */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~(FLASH_CR1_HALT | FLASH_CR1_AHALT)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Sets the new mode */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR1 |= (uint8_t) FLASH_LPMode; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the fixed programming time | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_ProgTime Indicates the programming time to be fixed | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef values. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_SetProgrammingTime(FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_ProgTime) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check parameter */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_TIME_OK(FLASH_ProgTime)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_CR1_FIX); | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR1 |= (uint8_t) FLASH_ProgTime; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the Flash behaviour type in low power mode | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef Flash behaviour type in low power mode | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_GetLowPowerMode(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef) (FLASH->CR1 & (uint8_t) (FLASH_CR1_HALT | FLASH_CR1_AHALT))); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the fixed programming time | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef Fixed programming time value | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_GetProgrammingTime(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef) (FLASH->CR1 & FLASH_CR1_FIX)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the Boot memory size in bytes | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval Boot memory size in bytes | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| uint32_t FLASH_GetBootSize(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint32_t temp = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Calculates the number of bytes */ | ||||
| 	temp = (uint32_t) ((uint32_t) FLASH->FPR * (uint32_t) 512); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Correction because size of 127.5 kb doesn't exist */ | ||||
| 	if (FLASH->FPR == 0xFF) { | ||||
| 		temp += 512; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Return value */ | ||||
| 	return (temp); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_FLAG : Specifies the flag to check. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_Flag_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus : Indicates the state of FLASH_FLAG. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration. | ||||
|   * @note   This function can clear the EOP, WR_PG_DIS flags in the IAPSR register. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(FLASH_Flag_TypeDef FLASH_FLAG) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	FlagStatus status = RESET; | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLASH_FLAG)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the status of the specified FLASH flag */ | ||||
| 	if ((FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t) FLASH_FLAG) != (uint8_t) RESET) { | ||||
| 		status = SET; /* FLASH_FLAG is set */ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		status = RESET; /* FLASH_FLAG is reset*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Return the FLASH_FLAG status */ | ||||
| 	return status; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
| @code | ||||
|  All the functions defined below must be executed from RAM exclusively, except | ||||
|  for the FLASH_WaitForLastOperation function which can be executed from Flash. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  Steps of the execution from RAM differs from one toolchain to another: | ||||
|  - For Cosmic Compiler: | ||||
|     1- Define a segment FLASH_CODE by the mean of " #pragma section (FLASH_CODE)". | ||||
|     This segment is defined in the stm8s_flash.c file. | ||||
|   2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION  (1)" line in the stm8s.h file, | ||||
|     or define it in Cosmic compiler preprocessor to enable the FLASH_CODE segment | ||||
|    definition. | ||||
|   3- In STVD Select Project\Settings\Linker\Category "input" and in the RAM section | ||||
|     add the FLASH_CODE segment with "-ic" options. | ||||
|   4- In main.c file call the _fctcpy() function with first segment character as 
 | ||||
|     parameter "_fctcpy('F');" to load the declared moveable code segment | ||||
|     (FLASH_CODE) in RAM before execution. | ||||
|   5- By default the _fctcpy function is packaged in the Cosmic machine library, | ||||
|     so the function prototype "int _fctcopy(char name);" must be added in main.c | ||||
|     file. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|   - For Raisonance Compiler | ||||
|    1- Use the inram keyword in the function declaration to specify that it can be | ||||
|     executed from RAM. | ||||
|     This is done within the stm8s_flash.c file, and it's conditioned by 
 | ||||
|     RAM_EXECUTION definition. | ||||
|    2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION  (1)" line in the stm8s.h file, or 
 | ||||
|    define it in Raisonance compiler preprocessor to enable the access for the 
 | ||||
|    inram functions. | ||||
|    3- An inram function code is copied from Flash to RAM by the C startup code. 
 | ||||
|    In some applications, the RAM area where the code was initially stored may be | ||||
|    erased or corrupted, so it may be desirable to perform the copy again. 
 | ||||
|    Depending on the application memory model, the memcpy() or fmemcpy() functions | ||||
|    should be used to perform the copy. | ||||
|       ' In case your project uses the SMALL memory model (code smaller than 64K), | ||||
|        memcpy()function is recommended to perform the copy | ||||
|       ' In case your project uses the LARGE memory model, functions can be | ||||
|       everywhere in the 24-bits address space (not limited to the first 64KB of | ||||
|       code), In this case, the use of memcpy() function will not be appropriate, | ||||
|       you need to use the specific fmemcpy() function (which copies objects with | ||||
|       24-bit addresses). | ||||
|       - The linker automatically defines 2 symbols for each inram function: | ||||
|            ' __address__functionname is a symbol that holds the Flash address | ||||
|            where the given function code is stored. | ||||
|            ' __size__functionname is a symbol that holds the function size in bytes. | ||||
|      And we already have the function address (which is itself a pointer) | ||||
|   4- In main.c file these two steps should be performed for each inram function: | ||||
|      ' Import the "__address__functionname" and "__size__functionname" symbols | ||||
|        as global variables: | ||||
|          extern int __address__functionname; // Symbol holding the flash address
 | ||||
|          extern int __size__functionname;    // Symbol holding the function size
 | ||||
|      ' In case of SMALL memory model use, Call the memcpy() function to copy the | ||||
|       inram function to the RAM destination address: | ||||
|                 memcpy(functionname, // RAM destination address
 | ||||
|                       (void*)&__address__functionname, // Flash source address
 | ||||
|                       (int)&__size__functionname); // Code size of the function
 | ||||
|      ' In case of LARGE memory model use, call the fmemcpy() function to copy | ||||
|      the inram function to the RAM destination address: | ||||
|                  memcpy(functionname, // RAM destination address
 | ||||
|                       (void @far*)&__address__functionname, // Flash source address
 | ||||
|                       (int)&__size__functionname); // Code size of the function
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  - For IAR Compiler: | ||||
|     1- Use the __ramfunc keyword in the function declaration to specify that it 
 | ||||
|     can be executed from RAM. | ||||
|     This is done within the stm8s_flash.c file, and it's conditioned by 
 | ||||
|     RAM_EXECUTION definition. | ||||
|     2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION  (1)" line in the stm8s.h file, or 
 | ||||
|    define it in IAR compiler preprocessor to enable the access for the 
 | ||||
|    __ramfunc functions. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  - Note: 
 | ||||
|     1- Ignore the IAR compiler warnings, these warnings don't impact the FLASH Program/Erase | ||||
|     operations. | ||||
|     The code performing the Flash Program/erase must be executed from RAM; the variables | ||||
|     initializations don't necessary require the execution from RAM, only CR2/NCR2 registers 
 | ||||
|     configuration and data programing must be executed from RAM. | ||||
|     2- These warnings depends on IAR compiler: as the code generation is made using many | ||||
|     runtime library functions to keep code size to a minimum. | ||||
|     3- It is recommended to use High Speed Optimization with IAR (-Ohs), in order 
 | ||||
|     to reduce the runtime library calls in the generated code. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
|  The FLASH examples given within the STM8S_StdPeriph_Lib package, details all 
 | ||||
|  the steps described above. | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| @endcode | ||||
| */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief | ||||
|   ******************************************************************************* | ||||
|   *                         Execution from RAM enable | ||||
|   ******************************************************************************* | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * To enable execution from RAM you can either uncomment the following define 
 | ||||
|   * in the stm8s.h file or define it in your toolchain compiler preprocessor | ||||
|   * - #define RAM_EXECUTION  (1) 
 | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined (_COSMIC_) && defined (RAM_EXECUTION) | ||||
| #pragma section (FLASH_CODE) | ||||
| #endif  /* _COSMIC_ && RAM_EXECUTION */ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Wait for a Flash operation to complete. | ||||
|   * @note   The call and execution of this function must be done from RAM in case | ||||
|   *         of Block operation. | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_MemType : Memory type | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef | ||||
|   * @retval FLASH status | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| IN_RAM(FLASH_Status_TypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t flagstatus = 0x00; | ||||
| 	uint16_t timeout = _FLASH_OPERATION_TIMEOUT; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Wait until operation completion or write protection page occurred */ | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \ | ||||
|   defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || defined(STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 	if(FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 	  while((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00)) | ||||
| 	  { | ||||
| 		flagstatus = (uint8_t)(FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t)(FLASH_IAPSR_EOP | | ||||
| 														FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS)); | ||||
| 		timeout--; | ||||
| 	  } | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	else | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 	  while((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00)) | ||||
| 	  { | ||||
| 		flagstatus = (uint8_t)(FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t)(FLASH_IAPSR_HVOFF | | ||||
| 														FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS)); | ||||
| 		timeout--; | ||||
| 	  } | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| #else /*STM8S103, STM8S903, STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 	while ((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00)) { | ||||
| 		flagstatus = (uint8_t) (FLASH->IAPSR & (FLASH_IAPSR_EOP | FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS)); | ||||
| 		timeout--; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF262x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (timeout == 0x00) { | ||||
| 		flagstatus = FLASH_STATUS_TIMEOUT; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((FLASH_Status_TypeDef) flagstatus); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Erases a block in the program or data memory. | ||||
|   * @note   This function should be executed from RAM. | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_MemType :  The type of memory to erase | ||||
|   * @param  BlockNum : Indicates the block number to erase | ||||
|   * @retval None. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| IN_RAM(void FLASH_EraseBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint32_t startaddress = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \ | ||||
|   defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	uint32_t PointerAttr *pwFlash; | ||||
| #elif defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 	uint8_t PointerAttr  *pwFlash; | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 	if (FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) { | ||||
| 		assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum)); | ||||
| 		startaddress = FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum)); | ||||
| 		startaddress = FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Point to the first block address */ | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 	pwFlash = (PointerAttr uint8_t *)(MemoryAddressCast)(startaddress + ((uint32_t)BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE)); | ||||
| #elif defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \ | ||||
|   defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	pwFlash = (PointerAttr uint32_t *) (MemoryAddressCast) (startaddress + ((uint32_t) BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE)); | ||||
| #endif	/* STM8S208, STM8S207 */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Enable erase block mode */ | ||||
| 	FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_ERASE; | ||||
| 	FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NERASE); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \ | ||||
|   defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	*pwFlash = (uint32_t) 0; | ||||
| #elif defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || \ | ||||
|   defined (STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 	*pwFlash = (uint8_t)0; | ||||
|   *(pwFlash + 1) = (uint8_t)0; | ||||
|   *(pwFlash + 2) = (uint8_t)0; | ||||
|   *(pwFlash + 3) = (uint8_t)0; | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Programs a memory block | ||||
|   * @note   This function should be executed from RAM. | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_MemType : The type of memory to program | ||||
|   * @param  BlockNum : The block number | ||||
|   * @param  FLASH_ProgMode : The programming mode. | ||||
|   * @param  Buffer : Pointer to buffer containing source data. | ||||
|   * @retval None. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| IN_RAM(void FLASH_ProgramBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType, | ||||
| 		   FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef FLASH_ProgMode, uint8_t | ||||
| 		   *Buffer)) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint16_t Count = 0; | ||||
| 	uint32_t startaddress = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_MODE_OK(FLASH_ProgMode)); | ||||
| 	if (FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) { | ||||
| 		assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum)); | ||||
| 		startaddress = FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum)); | ||||
| 		startaddress = FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Point to the first block address */ | ||||
| 	startaddress = startaddress + ((uint32_t) BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Selection of Standard or Fast programming mode */ | ||||
| 	if (FLASH_ProgMode == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD) { | ||||
| 		/* Standard programming mode */ /*No need in standard mode */ | ||||
| 		FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_PRG; | ||||
| 		FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NPRG); | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Fast programming mode */ | ||||
| 		FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_FPRG; | ||||
| 		FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t) (~FLASH_NCR2_NFPRG); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Copy data bytes from RAM to FLASH memory */ | ||||
| 	for (Count = 0; Count < FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE; Count++) { | ||||
| #ifndef _SDCC_ | ||||
| 		*((PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)startaddress + Count) = ((uint8_t)(Buffer[Count])); | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 		write_byte_address(startaddress + Count, | ||||
| 						   ((uint8_t) (Buffer[Count])));    // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
 | ||||
| #endif // _SDCC_
 | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined (_COSMIC_) && defined (RAM_EXECUTION) | ||||
| /* End of FLASH_CODE section */ | ||||
| #pragma section () | ||||
| #endif /* _COSMIC_ && RAM_EXECUTION */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,319 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_flash.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the FLASH peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_FLASH_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_FLASH_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x008000) /*!< Program memory: start address */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x027FFF) /*!< Program memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)1024)     /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x0047FF) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)16)       /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE                  ((uint8_t)128)       /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */ | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S007, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0xFFFF)   /*!< Program memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)256)      /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x0043FF) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)8)        /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE                  ((uint8_t)128)       /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */ | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x9FFF)   /*!< Program memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)128)      /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS   ((uint32_t)0x00427F) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER          ((uint16_t)10)       /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE                  ((uint8_t)64)        /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */ | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF622x*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define FLASH_RASS_KEY1 ((uint8_t)0x56) /*!< First RASS key */ | ||||
| #define FLASH_RASS_KEY2 ((uint8_t)0xAE) /*!< Second RASS key */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define OPTION_BYTE_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS  ((uint16_t)0x4800) | ||||
| #define OPTION_BYTE_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS    ((uint16_t)0x487F) | ||||
| #define FLASH_OPTIONBYTE_ERROR              ((uint16_t)0x5555) /*!< Error code option byte  | ||||
|                                                                    (if value read is not equal to complement value read) */ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH Memory types | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG = (uint8_t) 0xFD, /*!< Program memory */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_MEMTYPE_DATA = (uint8_t) 0xF7  /*!< Data EEPROM memory */ | ||||
| } FLASH_MemType_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH programming modes | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Standard programming mode */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_FAST = (uint8_t) 0x10  /*!< Fast programming mode */ | ||||
| } FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH fixed programming time | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_STANDARD = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Standard programming time fixed at 1/2 tprog */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_TPROG = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< Programming time fixed at tprog */ | ||||
| } FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH Low Power mode select | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< HALT: Power-Down / ACTIVE-HALT: Power-Down */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY = (uint8_t) 0x08, /*!< HALT: Standby    / ACTIVE-HALT: Standby */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN_STANDBY = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< HALT: Power-Down / ACTIVE-HALT: Standby */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY_POWERDOWN = (uint8_t) 0x0C  /*!< HALT: Standby    / ACTIVE-HALT: Power-Down */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 	FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH status of the last operation | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 	FLASH_STATUS_END_HIGH_VOLTAGE           = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< End of high voltage */ | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL_OPERATION = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< End of operation flag */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_STATUS_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Time out error */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_STATUS_WRITE_PROTECTION_ERROR = (uint8_t) 0x01 /*!< Write attempted to protected page */ | ||||
| } FLASH_Status_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  FLASH flags definition | ||||
|  * - Warning : FLAG value = mapping position register | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 	FLASH_FLAG_HVOFF     = (uint8_t)0x40,     /*!< End of high voltage flag */ | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_FLAG_DUL = (uint8_t) 0x08,     /*!< Data EEPROM unlocked flag */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_FLAG_EOP = (uint8_t) 0x04,     /*!< End of programming (write or erase operation) flag */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_FLAG_PUL = (uint8_t) 0x02,     /*!< Flash Program memory unlocked flag */ | ||||
| 	FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS = (uint8_t) 0x01      /*!< Write attempted to protected page flag */ | ||||
| } FLASH_Flag_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   * @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Macros | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program Address | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_PROG_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \ | ||||
|     ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom Address | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \ | ||||
|     ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom and flash program Address | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS)((((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) || \ | ||||
|                                      (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS))) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program Block number | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BLOCKNUM) ((BLOCKNUM) < FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom Block number | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BLOCKNUM) ((BLOCKNUM) < FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash memory type | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(MEMTYPE) (((MEMTYPE) == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) || \ | ||||
|                                     ((MEMTYPE) == FLASH_MEMTYPE_DATA)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program mode | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((MODE) == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_FAST)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the program time mode | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_TIME_OK(TIME) (((TIME) == FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_STANDARD) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((TIME) == FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_TPROG)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different 
 | ||||
|   *         sensitivity values for the low power mode | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_LOW_POWER_MODE_OK(LPMODE) (((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN) || \ | ||||
|     ((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY) || \
 | ||||
|     ((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN_STANDBY) || \
 | ||||
|     ((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY_POWERDOWN)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different 
 | ||||
|   *         sensitivity values for the option bytes Address | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= OPTION_BYTE_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \ | ||||
|     ((ADDRESS) <= OPTION_BYTE_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different flags values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_HVOFF) || \ | ||||
| 								 ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_DUL) || \
 | ||||
| 								 ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
 | ||||
| 								 ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PUL) || \
 | ||||
| 								 ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS)) | ||||
| #else /* STM8S103, STM8S903, STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| #define IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_DUL) || \ | ||||
|                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
 | ||||
|                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PUL) || \
 | ||||
|                                  ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS)) | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void FLASH_Unlock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_Lock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_EraseByte(uint32_t Address); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t FLASH_ReadByte(uint32_t Address); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint16_t FLASH_ReadOptionByte(uint16_t Address); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_ProgramOptionByte(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_EraseOptionByte(uint16_t Address); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_SetLowPowerMode(FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_LPMode); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void FLASH_SetProgrammingTime(FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_ProgTime); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_GetLowPowerMode(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_GetProgrammingTime(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint32_t FLASH_GetBootSize(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(FLASH_Flag_TypeDef FLASH_FLAG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
| @code | ||||
|  All the functions declared below must be executed from RAM exclusively, except 
 | ||||
|  for the FLASH_WaitForLastOperation function which can be executed from Flash. | ||||
|  
 | ||||
|  Steps of the execution from RAM differs from one toolchain to another. | ||||
|  for more details refer to stm8s_flash.c file. | ||||
|  
 | ||||
|  To enable execution from RAM you can either uncomment the following define 
 | ||||
|  in the stm8s.h file or define it in your toolchain compiler preprocessor | ||||
|  - #define RAM_EXECUTION  (1) 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| @endcode | ||||
| */ | ||||
| IN_RAM(void FLASH_EraseBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| IN_RAM(void FLASH_ProgramBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType, | ||||
| 		   FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef FLASH_ProgMode, uint8_t | ||||
| 		   *Buffer)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| IN_RAM(FLASH_Status_TypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /*__STM8S_FLASH_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,381 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_gpio.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the GPIO peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_GPIO_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_GPIO_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported variables ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  GPIO modes | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Bits definitions: | ||||
|   * - Bit 7: 0 = INPUT mode | ||||
|   *          1 = OUTPUT mode | ||||
|   *          1 = PULL-UP (input) or PUSH-PULL (output) | ||||
|   * - Bit 5: 0 = No external interrupt (input) or No slope control (output) | ||||
|   *          1 = External interrupt (input) or Slow control enabled (output) | ||||
|   * - Bit 4: 0 = Low level (output) | ||||
|   *          1 = High level (output push-pull) or HI-Z (output open-drain) | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_NO_IT = (uint8_t) 0x00,  /*!< Input floating, no external interrupt */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_NO_IT = (uint8_t) 0x40,  /*!< Input pull-up, no external interrupt */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_IT = (uint8_t) 0x20,  /*!< Input floating, external interrupt */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_IT = (uint8_t) 0x60,  /*!< Input pull-up, external interrupt */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_FAST = (uint8_t) 0xA0,  /*!< Output open-drain, low level, 10MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_FAST = (uint8_t) 0xE0,  /*!< Output push-pull, low level, 10MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_SLOW = (uint8_t) 0x80,  /*!< Output open-drain, low level, 2MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_SLOW = (uint8_t) 0xC0,  /*!< Output push-pull, low level, 2MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_FAST = (uint8_t) 0xB0,  /*!< Output open-drain, high-impedance level,10MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_FAST = (uint8_t) 0xF0,  /*!< Output push-pull, high level, 10MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_SLOW = (uint8_t) 0x90,  /*!< Output open-drain, high-impedance level, 2MHz */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_SLOW = (uint8_t) 0xD0   /*!< Output push-pull, high level, 2MHz */ | ||||
| } GPIO_Mode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Definition of the GPIO pins. Used by the @ref GPIO_Init function in | ||||
|   * order to select the pins to be initialized. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_0 = ((uint8_t) 0x01),  /*!< Pin 0 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_1 = ((uint8_t) 0x02),  /*!< Pin 1 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_2 = ((uint8_t) 0x04),  /*!< Pin 2 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_3 = ((uint8_t) 0x08),   /*!< Pin 3 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_4 = ((uint8_t) 0x10),  /*!< Pin 4 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_5 = ((uint8_t) 0x20),  /*!< Pin 5 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_6 = ((uint8_t) 0x40),  /*!< Pin 6 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_7 = ((uint8_t) 0x80),  /*!< Pin 7 selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_LNIB = ((uint8_t) 0x0F),  /*!< Low nibble pins selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_HNIB = ((uint8_t) 0xF0),  /*!< High nibble pins selected */ | ||||
| 	GPIO_PIN_ALL = ((uint8_t) 0xFF)   /*!< All pins selected */ | ||||
| } GPIO_Pin_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different | ||||
|   * values of GPIOMode_TypeDef. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_GPIO_MODE_OK(MODE) \ | ||||
|   (((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_NO_IT)    || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_NO_IT)    || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_IT)       || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_IT)       || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_FAST)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_FAST)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_SLOW)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_SLOW)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_FAST)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_FAST)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_SLOW)  || \
 | ||||
|    ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_SLOW)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different | ||||
|   * values of GPIO_Pins. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(PIN)  ((PIN) != (uint8_t)0x00) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| /** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, GPIO_Mode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint8_t PortVal); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_WriteHigh(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_WriteLow(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_WriteReverse(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| BitStatus GPIO_ReadInputPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void GPIO_ExternalPullUpConfig(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup GPIO_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx: Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	GPIOx->ODR = GPIO_ODR_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Output Data Register */ | ||||
| 	GPIOx->DDR = GPIO_DDR_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Data Direction Register */ | ||||
| 	GPIOx->CR1 = GPIO_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Control Register 1 */ | ||||
| 	GPIOx->CR2 = GPIO_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Control Register 2 */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx according to the specified parameters. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  GPIO_Pin : This parameter contains the pin number, it can be any value | ||||
|   *         of the @ref GPIO_Pin_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIO_Mode : This parameter can be a value of the | ||||
|   *         @Ref GPIO_Mode_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| inline void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, GPIO_Mode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/*----------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	/*----------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE_OK(GPIO_Mode)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Reset corresponding bit to GPIO_Pin in CR2 register */ | ||||
| 	GPIOx->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*-----------------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Input/Output mode selection */ | ||||
| 	/*-----------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((((uint8_t) (GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t) 0x80) != (uint8_t) 0x00) /* Output mode */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		if ((((uint8_t) (GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t) 0x10) != (uint8_t) 0x00) /* High level */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			GPIOx->ODR |= (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin; | ||||
| 		} else /* Low level */ | ||||
| 		{ | ||||
| 			GPIOx->ODR &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 		} | ||||
| 		/* Set Output mode */ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->DDR |= (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin; | ||||
| 	} else /* Input mode */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		/* Set Input mode */ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->DDR &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Pull-Up/Float (Input) or Push-Pull/Open-Drain (Output) modes selection */ | ||||
| 	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((((uint8_t) (GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t) 0x40) != (uint8_t) 0x00) /* Pull-Up or Push-Pull */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR1 |= (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin; | ||||
| 	} else /* Float or Open-Drain */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/*-----------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 	/* Interrupt (Input) or Slope (Output) modes selection */ | ||||
| 	/*-----------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((((uint8_t) (GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t) 0x20) != (uint8_t) 0x00) /* Interrupt or Slow slope */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR2 |= (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin; | ||||
| 	} else /* No external interrupt or No slope control */ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in output mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  GPIO_PortVal : Specifies the value to be written to the port output | ||||
|   *         data register. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint8_t PortVal) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Writes high level to the specified GPIO pins. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in output mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  PortPins : Specifies the pins to be turned high to the port output. | ||||
|   *         data register. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_WriteHigh(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	GPIOx->ODR |= (uint8_t) PortPins; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Writes low level to the specified GPIO pins. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in output mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  PortPins : Specifies the pins to be turned low to the port output. | ||||
|   *         data register. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_WriteLow(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	GPIOx->ODR &= (uint8_t) (~PortPins); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Writes reverse level to the specified GPIO pins. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in output mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  PortPins : Specifies the pins to be reversed to the port output. | ||||
|   *         data register. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_WriteReverse(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	GPIOx->ODR ^= (uint8_t) PortPins; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads the specified GPIO output data port. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in input mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @retval GPIO output data port value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((uint8_t) GPIOx->ODR); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads the specified GPIO input data port. | ||||
|   * @note   The port must be configured in input mode. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @retval GPIO input data port value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((uint8_t) GPIOx->IDR); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reads the specified GPIO input data pin. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  GPIO_Pin : Specifies the pin number. | ||||
|   * @retval BitStatus : GPIO input pin status. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline BitStatus GPIO_ReadInputPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((BitStatus) (GPIOx->IDR & (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configures the external pull-up on GPIOx pins. | ||||
|   * @param  GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I). | ||||
|   * @param  GPIO_Pin : Specifies the pin number | ||||
|   * @param  NewState : The new state of the pull up pin. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void GPIO_ExternalPullUpConfig(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) /* External Pull-Up Set*/ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR1 |= (uint8_t) GPIO_Pin; | ||||
| 	} else /* External Pull-Up Reset*/ | ||||
| 	{ | ||||
| 		GPIOx->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~(GPIO_Pin)); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8L_GPIO_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						| @ -0,0 +1,506 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_itc.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the ITC peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_ITC_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_ITC_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ITC Interrupt Lines selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TLI = (uint8_t) 0,   /*!< Software interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_AWU = (uint8_t) 1,   /*!< Auto wake up from halt interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_CLK = (uint8_t) 2,   /*!< Clock controller interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTA = (uint8_t) 3,   /*!< Port A external interrupts */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTB = (uint8_t) 4,   /*!< Port B external interrupts */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTC = (uint8_t) 5,   /*!< Port C external interrupts */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTD = (uint8_t) 6,   /*!< Port D external interrupts */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTE = (uint8_t) 7,   /*!< Port E external interrupts */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX         = (uint8_t)8,   /*!< beCAN RX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX         = (uint8_t)9,   /*!< beCAN TX/ER/SC interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_PORTF          = (uint8_t)8,   /*!< Port F external interrupts */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_SPI = (uint8_t) 10,  /*!< SPI interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF = (uint8_t) 11,  /*!< TIM1 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
 | ||||
|                                          break interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM = (uint8_t) 12,  /*!< TIM1 capture/compare interrupt */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI    = (uint8_t)13,  /*!< TIM5 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
 | ||||
|                                          interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM    = (uint8_t)14,  /*!< TIM5 capture/compare interrupt */ | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF = (uint8_t) 13,  /*!< TIM2 update /overflow interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM = (uint8_t) 14,  /*!< TIM2 capture/compare interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF = (uint8_t) 15,  /*!< TIM3 update /overflow interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM = (uint8_t) 16,  /*!< TIM3 update /overflow interrupt */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX = (uint8_t) 17,  /*!< UART1 TX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX = (uint8_t) 18,  /*!< UART1 RX interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */  | ||||
| #if defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX       = (uint8_t)17,  /*!< UART4 TX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX       = (uint8_t)18,  /*!< UART4 RX interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_I2C = (uint8_t) 19,  /*!< I2C interrupt */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX       = (uint8_t)20,  /*!< USART2 TX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX       = (uint8_t)21,  /*!< USART2 RX interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || defined(STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX       = (uint8_t)20,  /*!< USART3 TX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX       = (uint8_t)21,  /*!< USART3 RX interrupt */ | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_ADC2           = (uint8_t)22,  /*!< ADC2 interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_ADC1 = (uint8_t) 22,  /*!< ADC2 interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105 or STM8S005 or STM8S003 or STM8S103 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI    = (uint8_t)23,  /*!< TIM6 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
 | ||||
|                                          interrupt */ | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF = (uint8_t) 23,  /*!< TIM4 update /overflow interrupt */ | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC = (uint8_t) 24  /*!< Flash interrupt */ | ||||
| } ITC_Irq_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  ITC Priority Levels selection | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_0 = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Software priority level 0 (cannot be written) */ | ||||
| 	ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_1 = (uint8_t) 0x01, /*!< Software priority level 1 */ | ||||
| 	ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_2 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Software priority level 2 */ | ||||
| 	ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_3 = (uint8_t) 0x03  /*!< Software priority level 3 */ | ||||
| } ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Constants
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define CPU_SOFT_INT_DISABLED ((uint8_t)0x28) /*!< Mask for I1 and I0 bits in CPU_CC register */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   * @addtogroup ITC_Private_Macros | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Used by assert function */ | ||||
| #define IS_ITC_IRQ_OK(IRQ) ((IRQ) <= (uint8_t)24) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Used by assert function */ | ||||
| #define IS_ITC_PRIORITY_OK(PriorityValue) \ | ||||
|   (((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_0) || \
 | ||||
|    ((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_1) || \
 | ||||
|    ((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_2) || \
 | ||||
|    ((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_3)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Used by assert function */ | ||||
| #define IS_ITC_INTERRUPTS_DISABLED (ITC_GetSoftIntStatus() == CPU_SOFT_INT_DISABLED) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| uint8_t ITC_GetCPUCC(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ITC_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t ITC_GetSoftIntStatus(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void ITC_SetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum, ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef PriorityValue); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef ITC_GetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ITC_Private_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Utility function used to read CC register. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval CPU CC register value | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t ITC_GetCPUCC(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| #ifdef _COSMIC_ | ||||
| 	_asm("push cc"); | ||||
| 	_asm("pop a"); | ||||
| 	return; /* Ignore compiler warning, the returned value is in A register */ | ||||
| #elif defined _RAISONANCE_ /* _RAISONANCE_ */ | ||||
| 	return _getCC_(); | ||||
| #else /* _IAR_ */ | ||||
| 	__asm__("push cc"); | ||||
| 	__asm__("pop a"); /* Ignore compiler warning, the returned value is in A register */ | ||||
| #endif /* _COSMIC_*/ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup ITC_Public_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the ITC registers to their default reset value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void ITC_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR1 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR2 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR3 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR4 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR5 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR6 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR7 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	ITC->ISPR8 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Gets the interrupt software priority bits (I1, I0) value from CPU CC register. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval The interrupt software priority bits value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t ITC_GetSoftIntStatus(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return (uint8_t) (ITC_GetCPUCC() & CPU_CC_I1I0); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Gets the software priority of the specified interrupt source. | ||||
|   * @param  IrqNum : Specifies the peripheral interrupt source. | ||||
|   * @retval ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef : Specifies the software priority of the interrupt source. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef ITC_GetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t Value = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t Mask = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ITC_IRQ_OK((uint8_t) IrqNum)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Define the mask corresponding to the bits position in the SPR register */ | ||||
| 	Mask = (uint8_t) (0x03U << (((uint8_t) IrqNum % 4U) * 2U)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	switch (IrqNum) { | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TLI: /* TLI software priority can be read but has no meaning */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_AWU: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CLK: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTA: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR1 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTB: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTC: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTD: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTE: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR2 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_PORTF: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_SPI: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR3 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI: | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S903 or STM8AF622x*/ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR4 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX: | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_I2C: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR5 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x*/ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_ADC2: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_ADC1: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105, STM8S005, STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI: | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR6 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC: | ||||
| 			Value = (uint8_t) (ITC->ISPR7 & Mask); /* Read software priority */ | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		default: | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	Value >>= (uint8_t) (((uint8_t) IrqNum % 4u) * 2u); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	return ((ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef) Value); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the software priority of the specified interrupt source. | ||||
|   * @note   - The modification of the software priority is only possible when | ||||
|   *         the interrupts are disabled. | ||||
|   *         - The normal behavior is to disable the interrupt before calling | ||||
|   *         this function, and re-enable it after. | ||||
|   *         - The priority level 0 cannot be set (see product specification | ||||
|   *         for more details). | ||||
|   * @param  IrqNum : Specifies the peripheral interrupt source. | ||||
|   * @param  PriorityValue : Specifies the software priority value to set, | ||||
|   *         can be a value of @ref  ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef . | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
| */ | ||||
| inline void ITC_SetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum, ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef PriorityValue) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t Mask = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t NewPriority = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ITC_IRQ_OK((uint8_t) IrqNum)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ITC_PRIORITY_OK(PriorityValue)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check if interrupts are disabled */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_ITC_INTERRUPTS_DISABLED); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Define the mask corresponding to the bits position in the SPR register */ | ||||
| 	/* The mask is reversed in order to clear the 2 bits after more easily */ | ||||
| 	Mask = (uint8_t) (~(uint8_t) (0x03U << (((uint8_t) IrqNum % 4U) * 2U))); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Define the new priority to write */ | ||||
| 	NewPriority = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (PriorityValue) << (((uint8_t) IrqNum % 4U) * 2U)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	switch (IrqNum) { | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TLI: /* TLI software priority can be written but has no meaning */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_AWU: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CLK: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTA: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR1 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR1 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTB: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTC: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTD: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_PORTE: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR2 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR2 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_PORTF: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_SPI: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR3 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR3 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI: | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR4 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR4 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM: | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| #if defined(STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX: | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_I2C: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR5 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR5 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8AF62Ax) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX: | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_ADC2: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \ | ||||
|     defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_ADC1: | ||||
| #endif /*STM8S105, STM8S005, STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x) | ||||
| 			case ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI: | ||||
| #else | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF: | ||||
| #endif /* STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */ | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR6 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR6 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		case ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC: | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR7 &= Mask; | ||||
| 			ITC->ISPR7 |= NewPriority; | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 		default: | ||||
| 			break; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_ITC_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,218 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_iwdg.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the IWDG peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_IWDG_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_IWDG_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Define
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Define used to prevent watchdog reset | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IWDG_KEY_REFRESH    ((uint8_t)0xAA)  /*!<  This value written in the Key register prevent the watchdog reset */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Define used to start the watchdog counter down | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IWDG_KEY_ENABLE     ((uint8_t)0xCC)  /*!<  This value written in the Key register start the watchdog counting down*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|  * @} | ||||
|  */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different | ||||
|   * values of the prescaler. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER_OK(VALUE) (((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_4   ) || \ | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_8   ) || \
 | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_16  ) || \
 | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_32  ) || \
 | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_64  ) || \
 | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_128 ) || \
 | ||||
|                                      ((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different | ||||
|   * values of the counter register. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_IWDG_WRITEACCESS_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || ((MODE) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** IWDG write  access enumeration */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable = (uint8_t) 0x55, /*!< Code 0x55 in Key register, allow write access to Prescaler and Reload registers */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable = (uint8_t) 0x00  /*!< Code 0x00 in Key register, not allow write access to Prescaler and Reload registers */ | ||||
| } IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** IWDG prescaler enumaration */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_4 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 4 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_8 = (uint8_t) 0x01, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 8 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_16 = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 16 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_32 = (uint8_t) 0x03, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 32 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_64 = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 64 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_128 = (uint8_t) 0x05, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 128 */ | ||||
| 	IWDG_Prescaler_256 = (uint8_t) 0x06  /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 256 */ | ||||
| } IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef IWDG_WriteAccess); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void IWDG_SetPrescaler(IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef IWDG_Prescaler); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void IWDG_SetReload(uint8_t IWDG_Reload); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void IWDG_Enable(void); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup IWDG_Public_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables write access to Prescaler and Reload registers. | ||||
|   * @param  IWDG_WriteAccess : New state of write access to Prescaler and Reload | ||||
|   *         registers.  This parameter can be a value of @ref IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef IWDG_WriteAccess) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITEACCESS_MODE_OK(IWDG_WriteAccess)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	IWDG->KR = (uint8_t) IWDG_WriteAccess; /* Write Access */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets IWDG Prescaler value. | ||||
|   * @note   Write access should be enabled | ||||
|   * @param  IWDG_Prescaler : Specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void IWDG_SetPrescaler(IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef IWDG_Prescaler) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER_OK(IWDG_Prescaler)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	IWDG->PR = (uint8_t) IWDG_Prescaler; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets IWDG Reload value. | ||||
|   * @note   Write access should be enabled | ||||
|   * @param  IWDG_Reload : Reload register value. | ||||
|   *         This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFF. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void IWDG_SetReload(uint8_t IWDG_Reload) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	IWDG->RLR = IWDG_Reload; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reloads IWDG counter | ||||
|   * @note   Write access should be enabled | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	IWDG->KR = IWDG_KEY_REFRESH; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables IWDG. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void IWDG_Enable(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	IWDG->KR = IWDG_KEY_ENABLE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_IWDG_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,138 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_rst.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the RST peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_RST_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_RST_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup RST_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	RST_FLAG_EMCF = (uint8_t) 0x10, /*!< EMC reset flag */ | ||||
| 	RST_FLAG_SWIMF = (uint8_t) 0x08, /*!< SWIM reset flag */ | ||||
| 	RST_FLAG_ILLOPF = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< Illigal opcode reset flag */ | ||||
| 	RST_FLAG_IWDGF = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Independent watchdog reset flag */ | ||||
| 	RST_FLAG_WWDGF = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< Window watchdog reset flag */ | ||||
| } RST_Flag_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup RST_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function to check the different RST flags. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_RST_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_EMCF) || \ | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_SWIMF)  ||\
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_ILLOPF) ||\
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_IWDGF)  ||\
 | ||||
|                               ((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_WWDGF)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup RST_Exported_functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| FlagStatus RST_GetFlagStatus(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void RST_ClearFlag(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup RST_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief   Checks whether the specified RST flag is set or not. | ||||
|   * @param   RST_Flag : specify the reset flag to check. | ||||
|   *          This parameter can be a value of @ref RST_FLAG_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval  FlagStatus: status of the given RST flag. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus RST_GetFlagStatus(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_RST_FLAG_OK(RST_Flag)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Get flag status */ | ||||
| 	return ((FlagStatus) (((uint8_t) (RST->SR & RST_Flag) == (uint8_t) 0x00) ? RESET : SET)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clears the specified RST flag. | ||||
|   * @param  RST_Flag : specify the reset flag to clear. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be a value of @ref RST_FLAG_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void RST_ClearFlag(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_RST_FLAG_OK(RST_Flag)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	RST->SR = (uint8_t) RST_Flag; | ||||
| } | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_RST_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,734 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_spi.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the SPI peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_SPI_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_SPI_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI data direction mode | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to BDM, BDOE, RXONLY bits position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_FULLDUPLEX = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< 2-line uni-directional data mode enable */ | ||||
| 	SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< Receiver only in 2 line uni-directional data mode */ | ||||
| 	SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_RX = (uint8_t) 0x80, /*!< Receiver only in 1 line bi-directional data mode */ | ||||
| 	SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_TX = (uint8_t) 0xC0  /*!< Transmit only in 1 line bi-directional data mode */ | ||||
| } SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI Slave Select management | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to LSBFIRST bit position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_NSS_SOFT = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Software slave management disabled */ | ||||
| 	SPI_NSS_HARD = (uint8_t) 0x00  /*!< Software slave management enabled */ | ||||
| } SPI_NSS_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI direction transmit/receive | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_DIRECTION_RX = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Selects Rx receive direction in bi-directional mode */ | ||||
| 	SPI_DIRECTION_TX = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< Selects Tx transmission direction in bi-directional mode */ | ||||
| } SPI_Direction_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI master/slave mode | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to MSTR bit position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_MODE_MASTER = (uint8_t) 0x04, /*!< SPI Master configuration */ | ||||
| 	SPI_MODE_SLAVE = (uint8_t) 0x00  /*!< SPI Slave configuration */ | ||||
| } SPI_Mode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI BaudRate Prescaler | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to BR bits position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2 = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/2 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4 = (uint8_t) 0x08, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/4 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8 = (uint8_t) 0x10, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/8 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16 = (uint8_t) 0x18, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/16 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32 = (uint8_t) 0x20, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/32 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64 = (uint8_t) 0x28, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/64 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128 = (uint8_t) 0x30, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/128 */ | ||||
| 	SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256 = (uint8_t) 0x38  /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/256 */ | ||||
| } SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI Clock Polarity | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to CPOL bit position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_LOW = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Clock to 0 when idle */ | ||||
| 	SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_HIGH = (uint8_t) 0x02  /*!< Clock to 1 when idle */ | ||||
| } SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI Clock Phase | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to CPHA bit position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_CLOCKPHASE_1EDGE = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< The first clock transition is the first data capture edge */ | ||||
| 	SPI_CLOCKPHASE_2EDGE = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< The second clock transition is the first data capture edge */ | ||||
| } SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI Frame Format: MSB or LSB transmitted first | ||||
|   * Warning: element values correspond to LSBFIRST bit position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< MSB bit will be transmitted first */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB = (uint8_t) 0x80  /*!< LSB bit will be transmitted first */ | ||||
| } SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI CRC Transmit/Receive | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_CRC_RX = (uint8_t) 0x00, /*!< Select Tx CRC register */ | ||||
| 	SPI_CRC_TX = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< Select Rx CRC register */ | ||||
| } SPI_CRC_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI flags definition - Warning : FLAG value = mapping position register | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_BSY = (uint8_t) 0x80, /*!< Busy flag */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_OVR = (uint8_t) 0x40, /*!< Overrun flag */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_MODF = (uint8_t) 0x20, /*!< Mode fault */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_CRCERR = (uint8_t) 0x10, /*!< CRC error flag */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_WKUP = (uint8_t) 0x08, /*!< Wake-up flag */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_TXE = (uint8_t) 0x02, /*!< Transmit buffer empty */ | ||||
| 	SPI_FLAG_RXNE = (uint8_t) 0x01  /*!< Receive buffer empty */ | ||||
| } SPI_Flag_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  SPI_IT possible values | ||||
|   * Elements values convention: 0xYX | ||||
|   *   X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt | ||||
|   *   Y: ITPENDINGBIT position | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_WKUP = (uint8_t) 0x34,  /*!< Wake-up interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_OVR = (uint8_t) 0x65,  /*!< Overrun interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_MODF = (uint8_t) 0x55,  /*!< Mode fault interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_CRCERR = (uint8_t) 0x45,  /*!< CRC error interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_TXE = (uint8_t) 0x17,  /*!< Transmit buffer empty interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_RXNE = (uint8_t) 0x06,   /*!< Receive buffer not empty interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	SPI_IT_ERR = (uint8_t) 0x05   /*!< Error interrupt*/ | ||||
| } SPI_IT_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macros used by the assert_param function to check the different functions parameters. | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the data direction mode values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_DATA_DIRECTION_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_FULLDUPLEX) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_RX) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_TX)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the mode 
 | ||||
|   *         half duplex data direction values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_OK(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_DIRECTION_RX) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((DIRECTION) == SPI_DIRECTION_TX)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the NSS 
 | ||||
|   *         management values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_SLAVEMANAGEMENT_OK(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_SOFT) || \ | ||||
|                                         ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_HARD)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different | ||||
|   *         sensitivity values for the CRC polynomial | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_OK(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) > (uint8_t)0x00) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the SPI Mode values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_MODE_MASTER) || \ | ||||
|                               ((MODE) == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the baudrate values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2) || \ | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the polarity values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_POLARITY_OK(CLKPOL) (((CLKPOL) == SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_LOW) || \ | ||||
|                                     ((CLKPOL) == SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_HIGH)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the phase values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_PHASE_OK(CLKPHA) (((CLKPHA) == SPI_CLOCKPHASE_1EDGE) || \ | ||||
|                                  ((CLKPHA) == SPI_CLOCKPHASE_2EDGE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the first 
 | ||||
|   *         bit to be transmited values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_FIRSTBIT_OK(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB) || \ | ||||
|                                  ((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the CRC 
 | ||||
|   *         Transmit/Receive | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_CRC_OK(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_TX) || \ | ||||
|                             ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_RX)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the 
 | ||||
|   *         different flags values | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_OVR) || \ | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || \
 | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
 | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_WKUP) || \
 | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_TXE) || \
 | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE) || \
 | ||||
|                                ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_BSY)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the 
 | ||||
|   *         different sensitivity values for the flag that can be cleared 
 | ||||
|   *         by writing 0 | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ | ||||
|                                      ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_WKUP)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the 
 | ||||
|   *        different sensitivity values for the Interrupts | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) (((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_TXE)  || \ | ||||
|                                         ((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_RXNE)  || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_ERR) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_WKUP)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the 
 | ||||
|   *         different sensitivity values for the pending bit | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) (((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_OVR)  || \ | ||||
|                                         ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_WKUP) || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_TXE)  || \
 | ||||
|                                         ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_RXNE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the 
 | ||||
|   *         different sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared | ||||
|   *         by writing 0 | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_SPI_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) (((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \ | ||||
|     ((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_WKUP)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| void SPI_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_Init(SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef FirstBit, | ||||
| 			  SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef BaudRatePrescaler, | ||||
| 			  SPI_Mode_TypeDef Mode, SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef ClockPolarity, | ||||
| 			  SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef ClockPhase, | ||||
| 			  SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef Data_Direction, | ||||
| 			  SPI_NSS_TypeDef Slave_Management, uint8_t CRCPolynomial); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_ITConfig(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_SendData(uint8_t Data); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareCmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_TransmitCRC(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_CRC_TypeDef SPI_CRC); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_ResetCRC(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_Direction_TypeDef SPI_Direction); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus SPI_GetFlagStatus(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_ClearFlag(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| ITStatus SPI_GetITStatus(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void SPI_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup SPI_Public_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the SPI peripheral registers to their default reset values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	SPI->CR1 = SPI_CR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	SPI->CR2 = SPI_CR2_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	SPI->ICR = SPI_ICR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	SPI->SR = SPI_SR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	SPI->CRCPR = SPI_CRCPR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters. | ||||
|   * @param  FirstBit : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  BaudRatePrescaler : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  Mode : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_Mode_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  ClockPolarity : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  ClockPhase : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  Data_Direction : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  Slave_Management : This parameter can be any of the | ||||
|   *         @ref SPI_NSS_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @param  CRCPolynomial : Configures the CRC polynomial. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void | ||||
| SPI_Init(SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef FirstBit, SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef BaudRatePrescaler, SPI_Mode_TypeDef Mode, | ||||
| 		 SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef ClockPolarity, SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef ClockPhase, | ||||
| 		 SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef Data_Direction, SPI_NSS_TypeDef Slave_Management, uint8_t CRCPolynomial) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check structure elements */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRSTBIT_OK(FirstBit)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER_OK(BaudRatePrescaler)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE_OK(Mode)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_POLARITY_OK(ClockPolarity)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_PHASE_OK(ClockPhase)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_DIRECTION_OK(Data_Direction)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_SLAVEMANAGEMENT_OK(Slave_Management)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_OK(CRCPolynomial)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Frame Format, BaudRate, Clock Polarity and Phase configuration */ | ||||
| 	SPI->CR1 = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) ((uint8_t) FirstBit | BaudRatePrescaler) | | ||||
| 						  (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) ClockPolarity | ClockPhase)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Data direction configuration: BDM, BDOE and RXONLY bits */ | ||||
| 	SPI->CR2 = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (Data_Direction) | (uint8_t) (Slave_Management)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 |= (uint8_t) SPI_CR2_SSI; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) ~(SPI_CR2_SSI); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Master/Slave mode configuration */ | ||||
| 	SPI->CR1 |= (uint8_t) (Mode); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* CRC configuration */ | ||||
| 	SPI->CRCPR = (uint8_t) CRCPolynomial; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the SPI peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState New state of the SPI peripheral. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; /* Enable the SPI peripheral*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~SPI_CR1_SPE); /* Disable the SPI peripheral*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the specified interrupts. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_IT Specifies the SPI interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState: The new state of the specified SPI interrupts. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_ITConfig(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t itpos = 0; | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_CONFIG_IT_OK(SPI_IT)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Get the SPI IT index */ | ||||
| 	itpos = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) SPI_IT & (uint8_t) 0x0F)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		SPI->ICR |= itpos; /* Enable interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->ICR &= (uint8_t) (~itpos); /* Disable interrupt*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Transmits a Data through the SPI peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param  Data : Byte to be transmitted. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_SendData(uint8_t Data) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	SPI->DR = Data; /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent*/ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the most recent received data by the SPI peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval The value of the received data. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return ((uint8_t) SPI->DR); /* Return the data in the DR register*/ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configures internally by software the NSS pin. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState Indicates the new state of the SPI Software slave management. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareCmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_SSI; /* Set NSS pin internally by software*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~SPI_CR2_SSI); /* Reset NSS pin internally by software*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables the transmit of the CRC value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_TransmitCRC(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_CRCNEXT; /* Enable the CRC transmission*/ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. | ||||
|   * @param  NewState Indicates the new state of the SPI CRC value calculation. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_CRCEN; /* Enable the CRC calculation*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~SPI_CR2_CRCEN); /* Disable the CRC calculation*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_CRC Specifies the CRC register to be read. | ||||
|   * @retval The selected CRC register value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_CRC_TypeDef SPI_CRC) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t crcreg = 0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_OK(SPI_CRC)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_RX) { | ||||
| 		crcreg = SPI->TXCRCR;  /* Get the Tx CRC register*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		crcreg = SPI->RXCRCR; /* Get the Rx CRC register*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Return the selected CRC register status*/ | ||||
| 	return crcreg; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Reset the Rx CRCR and Tx CRCR registers. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_ResetCRC(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Rx CRCR & Tx CRCR registers are reset when CRCEN (hardware calculation)
 | ||||
| 	bit in SPI_CR2 is written to 1 (enable) */ | ||||
| 	SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(ENABLE); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Previous function disable the SPI */ | ||||
| 	SPI_Cmd(ENABLE); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Returns the CRC Polynomial register value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return SPI->CRCPR; /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_Direction Specifies the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_Direction_TypeDef SPI_Direction) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check function parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_OK(SPI_Direction)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (SPI_Direction != SPI_DIRECTION_RX) { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_BDOE; /* Set the Tx only mode*/ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t) (~SPI_CR2_BDOE); /* Set the Rx only mode*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_FLAG : Specifies the flag to check. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref SPI_FLAG_TypeDef enumeration. | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus : Indicates the state of SPI_FLAG. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus SPI_GetFlagStatus(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	FlagStatus status = RESET; | ||||
| 	/* Check parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_FLAGS_OK(SPI_FLAG)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ | ||||
| 	if ((SPI->SR & (uint8_t) SPI_FLAG) != (uint8_t) RESET) { | ||||
| 		status = SET; /* SPI_FLAG is set */ | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		status = RESET; /* SPI_FLAG is reset*/ | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Return the SPI_FLAG status */ | ||||
| 	return status; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clears the SPI flags. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_FLAG : Specifies the flag to clear. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *         - SPI_FLAG_CRCERR | ||||
|   *         - SPI_FLAG_WKUP | ||||
|   * @note   - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software | ||||
|   *         sequence: | ||||
|   *         a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_ReceiveData()) followed by | ||||
|   *         a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetFlagStatus()). | ||||
|   *         - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: | ||||
|   *         a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetFlagStatus()) followed by | ||||
|   *         a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_ClearFlag(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAGS_OK(SPI_FLAG)); | ||||
| 	/* Clear the flag bit */ | ||||
| 	SPI->SR = (uint8_t) (~SPI_FLAG); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks whether the specified interrupt has occurred or not. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_IT: Specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to check. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_CRCERR | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_WKUP | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_OVR | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_MODF | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_RXNE | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_TXE | ||||
|   * @retval ITStatus : Indicates the state of the SPI_IT. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be any of the @ref ITStatus enumeration. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline ITStatus SPI_GetITStatus(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 	uint8_t itpos = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t itmask1 = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t itmask2 = 0; | ||||
| 	uint8_t enablestatus = 0; | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_GET_IT_OK(SPI_IT)); | ||||
| 	/* Get the SPI IT index */ | ||||
| 	itpos = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << ((uint8_t) SPI_IT & (uint8_t) 0x0F)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Get the SPI IT mask */ | ||||
| 	itmask1 = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) SPI_IT >> (uint8_t) 4); | ||||
| 	/* Set the IT mask */ | ||||
| 	itmask2 = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << itmask1); | ||||
| 	/* Get the SPI_ITPENDINGBIT enable bit status */ | ||||
| 	enablestatus = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) SPI->SR & itmask2); | ||||
| 	/* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ | ||||
| 	if (((SPI->ICR & itpos) != RESET) && enablestatus) { | ||||
| 		/* SPI_ITPENDINGBIT is set */ | ||||
| 		pendingbitstatus = SET; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* SPI_ITPENDINGBIT is reset */ | ||||
| 		pendingbitstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	/* Return the SPI_ITPENDINGBIT status */ | ||||
| 	return pendingbitstatus; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clears the interrupt pending bits. | ||||
|   * @param  SPI_IT: Specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. | ||||
|   *         This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_CRCERR | ||||
|   *         - SPI_IT_WKUP | ||||
|   * @note   - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: | ||||
|   *         a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_ReceiveData()) followed by | ||||
|   *         a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetITStatus()). | ||||
|   *         - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: | ||||
|   *         a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetITStatus()) followed by | ||||
|   *         a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void SPI_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	uint8_t itpos = 0; | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_IT_OK(SPI_IT)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear  SPI_IT_CRCERR or SPI_IT_WKUP interrupt pending bits */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Get the SPI pending bit index */ | ||||
| 	itpos = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) 1 << (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (SPI_IT & (uint8_t) 0xF0) >> 4)); | ||||
| 	/* Clear the pending bit */ | ||||
| 	SPI->SR = (uint8_t) (~itpos); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_SPI_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						| @ -0,0 +1,535 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_tim4.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM4 peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_TIM4_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_TIM4_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup TIM4_Exported_Types
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 Prescaler */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_1 = ((uint8_t) 0x00), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_2 = ((uint8_t) 0x01), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_4 = ((uint8_t) 0x02), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_8 = ((uint8_t) 0x03), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_16 = ((uint8_t) 0x04), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_32 = ((uint8_t) 0x05), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_64 = ((uint8_t) 0x06), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PRESCALER_128 = ((uint8_t) 0x07) | ||||
| } TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_1  ) || \ | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_2    ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_4    ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_8  ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_16   ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_32     ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_64    ) || \
 | ||||
|     ((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_128   ) ) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 One Pulse Mode */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t) 0x01), | ||||
| 	TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t) 0x00) | ||||
| } TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \ | ||||
|                                    ((MODE) == TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 Prescaler Reload Mode */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t) 0x00), | ||||
| 	TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE = ((uint8_t) 0x01) | ||||
| } TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \ | ||||
|     ((RELOAD) == TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 Update Source */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL = ((uint8_t) 0x00), | ||||
| 	TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR = ((uint8_t) 0x01) | ||||
| } TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \ | ||||
|     ((SOURCE) == TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 Event Source */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t) 0x01) | ||||
| } TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == 0x01)) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 Flags */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint8_t) 0x01) | ||||
| } TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((FLAG) == TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** TIM4 interrupt sources */ | ||||
| typedef enum { | ||||
| 	TIM4_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t) 0x01) | ||||
| } TIM4_IT_TypeDef; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #define IS_TIM4_IT_OK(IT) ((IT) == TIM4_IT_UPDATE) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup TIM4_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| void TIM4_DeInit(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_TimeBaseInit(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_Prescaler, uint8_t TIM4_Period); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_ITConfig(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT, FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM4_UpdateSource); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef TIM4_OPMode); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_PrescalerConfig(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM4_PSCReloadMode); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_GenerateEvent(TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef TIM4_EventSource); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t TIM4_GetCounter(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_GetPrescaler(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| FlagStatus TIM4_GetFlagStatus(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_ClearFlag(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| ITStatus TIM4_GetITStatus(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TIM4_ClearITPendingBit(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @addtogroup TIM4_Public_Functions | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Deinitializes the TIM4 peripheral registers to their default reset values. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_DeInit(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	TIM4->CR1 = TIM4_CR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	TIM4->IER = TIM4_IER_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	TIM4->CNTR = TIM4_CNTR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	TIM4->PSCR = TIM4_PSCR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	TIM4->ARR = TIM4_ARR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	TIM4->SR1 = TIM4_SR1_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the TIM4 Time Base Unit according to the specified parameters. | ||||
|   * @param    TIM4_Prescaler specifies the Prescaler from TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef. | ||||
|   * @param    TIM4_Period specifies the Period value. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_TimeBaseInit(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_Prescaler, uint8_t TIM4_Period) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check TIM4 prescaler value */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(TIM4_Prescaler)); | ||||
| 	/* Set the Prescaler value */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->PSCR = (uint8_t) (TIM4_Prescaler); | ||||
| 	/* Set the Autoreload value */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->ARR = (uint8_t) (TIM4_Period); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM4 peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral. This parameter can | ||||
|   * be ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* set or Reset the CEN Bit */ | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_CEN; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_CR1_CEN); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables the specified TIM4 interrupts. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_IT specifies the TIM4 interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: | ||||
|   * - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source | ||||
|   * @param   NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_ITConfig(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT, FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		/* Enable the Interrupt sources */ | ||||
| 		TIM4->IER |= (uint8_t) TIM4_IT; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		/* Disable the Interrupt sources */ | ||||
| 		TIM4->IER &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_IT); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or Disables the TIM4 Update event. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral Preload register. This parameter can | ||||
|   * be ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set or Reset the UDIS Bit */ | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_UDIS; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_CR1_UDIS); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Selects the TIM4 Update Request Interrupt source. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_UpdateSource specifies the Update source. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM4_UpdateSource) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(TIM4_UpdateSource)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set or Reset the URS Bit */ | ||||
| 	if (TIM4_UpdateSource != TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_URS; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_CR1_URS); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Selects the TIM4's One Pulse Mode. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_OPMode specifies the OPM Mode to be used. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values | ||||
|   *                    - TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE | ||||
|   *                    - TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef TIM4_OPMode) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_OPM_MODE_OK(TIM4_OPMode)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set or Reset the OPM Bit */ | ||||
| 	if (TIM4_OPMode != TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE) { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_OPM; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_CR1_OPM); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configures the TIM4 Prescaler. | ||||
|   * @param   Prescaler specifies the Prescaler Register value | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_1 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_2 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_4 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_8 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_16 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_32 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_64 | ||||
|   *                       -  TIM4_PRESCALER_128 | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_PSCReloadMode specifies the TIM4 Prescaler Reload mode. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE: The Prescaler is loaded | ||||
|   *                         immediately. | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE: The Prescaler is loaded at | ||||
|   *                         the update event. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_PrescalerConfig(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM4_PSCReloadMode) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(TIM4_PSCReloadMode)); | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(Prescaler)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set the Prescaler value */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->PSCR = (uint8_t) Prescaler; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set or reset the UG Bit */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->EGR = (uint8_t) TIM4_PSCReloadMode; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Enables or disables TIM4 peripheral Preload register on ARR. | ||||
|   * @param   NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral Preload register. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set or Reset the ARPE Bit */ | ||||
| 	if (NewState != DISABLE) { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_ARPE; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t) (~TIM4_CR1_ARPE); | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Configures the TIM4 event to be generated by software. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_EventSource specifies the event source. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: TIM4 update Event source | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_GenerateEvent(TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef TIM4_EventSource) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(TIM4_EventSource)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Set the event sources */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->EGR = (uint8_t) (TIM4_EventSource); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the TIM4 Counter Register value. | ||||
|   * @param   Counter specifies the Counter register new value. | ||||
|   * This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Set the Counter Register value */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->CNTR = (uint8_t) (Counter); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the TIM4 Autoreload Register value. | ||||
|   * @param   Autoreload specifies the Autoreload register new value. | ||||
|   * This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Set the Autoreload Register value */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->ARR = (uint8_t) (Autoreload); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Gets the TIM4 Counter value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval Counter Register value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t TIM4_GetCounter(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Get the Counter Register value */ | ||||
| 	return (uint8_t) (TIM4->CNTR); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Gets the TIM4 Prescaler value. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval Prescaler Register configuration value. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_GetPrescaler(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Get the Prescaler Register value */ | ||||
| 	return (TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef) (TIM4->PSCR); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks whether the specified TIM4 flag is set or not. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_FLAG specifies the flag to check. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE: TIM4 update Flag | ||||
|   * @retval FlagStatus The new state of TIM4_FLAG (SET or RESET). | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline FlagStatus TIM4_GetFlagStatus(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(TIM4_FLAG)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((TIM4->SR1 & (uint8_t) TIM4_FLAG) != 0) { | ||||
| 		bitstatus = SET; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		bitstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	return ((FlagStatus) bitstatus); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Clears the TIM4's pending flags. | ||||
|   * @param   TIM4_FLAG specifies the flag to clear. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE: TIM4 update Flag | ||||
|   * @retval None. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_ClearFlag(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(TIM4_FLAG)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the flags (rc_w0) clear this bit by writing 0. Writing '1' has no effect*/ | ||||
| 	TIM4->SR1 = (uint8_t) (~TIM4_FLAG); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Checks whether the TIM4 interrupt has occurred or not. | ||||
|   * @param  TIM4_IT specifies the TIM4 interrupt source to check. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source | ||||
|   * @retval ITStatus The new state of the TIM4_IT (SET or RESET). | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline ITStatus TIM4_GetITStatus(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	uint8_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	itstatus = (uint8_t) (TIM4->SR1 & (uint8_t) TIM4_IT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	itenable = (uint8_t) (TIM4->IER & (uint8_t) TIM4_IT); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	if ((itstatus != (uint8_t) RESET) && (itenable != (uint8_t) RESET)) { | ||||
| 		bitstatus = (ITStatus) SET; | ||||
| 	} else { | ||||
| 		bitstatus = (ITStatus) RESET; | ||||
| 	} | ||||
| 	return ((ITStatus) bitstatus); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Clears the TIM4's interrupt pending bits. | ||||
|   * @param TIM4_IT specifies the pending bit to clear. | ||||
|   * This parameter can be one of the following values: | ||||
|   *                       - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source | ||||
|   * @retval None. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void TIM4_ClearITPendingBit(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Clear the IT pending Bit */ | ||||
| 	TIM4->SR1 = (uint8_t) (~TIM4_IT); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
| * @} | ||||
| */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_TIM4_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
									
										
											File diff suppressed because it is too large
											Load Diff
										
									
								
							
						| @ -0,0 +1,189 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   ******************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @file    stm8s_wwdg.h | ||||
|   * @author  MCD Application Team | ||||
|   * @version V2.2.0 | ||||
|   * @date    30-September-2014 | ||||
|   * @brief   This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the WWDG peripheral. | ||||
|    ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   * @attention | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License"); | ||||
|   * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. | ||||
|   * You may obtain a copy of the License at: | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   *        http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
 | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 
 | ||||
|   * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 
 | ||||
|   * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. | ||||
|   * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and | ||||
|   * limitations under the License. | ||||
|   * | ||||
|   ****************************************************************************** | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_WWDG_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_WWDG_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup WWDG_Private_Macros
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the | ||||
|   * values of the window register. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowLimitValue) ((WindowLimitValue) <= 0x7F) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different | ||||
|   * values of the counter register. | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #define IS_WWDG_COUNTERVALUE_OK(CounterValue) ((CounterValue) <= 0x7F) | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup WWDG_Exported_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void WWDG_Init(uint8_t Counter, uint8_t WindowValue); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| uint8_t WWDG_GetCounter(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void WWDG_SWReset(void); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| #define _WWDG_BIT_MASK          ((uint8_t)0x7F) | ||||
| /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| /* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /** @addtogroup WWDG_Public_Functions
 | ||||
|   * @{ | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Initializes the WWDG peripheral. | ||||
|   *         This function set Window Register = WindowValue, Counter Register | ||||
|   *         according to Counter and \b ENABLE \b WWDG | ||||
|   * @param  Counter : WWDG counter value | ||||
|   * @param  WindowValue : specifies the WWDG Window Register, range is 0x00 to 0x7F. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void WWDG_Init(uint8_t Counter, uint8_t WindowValue) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowValue)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	WWDG->WR = WWDG_WR_RESET_VALUE; | ||||
| 	WWDG->CR = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (WWDG_CR_WDGA | WWDG_CR_T6) | (uint8_t) Counter); | ||||
| 	WWDG->WR = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (~WWDG_CR_WDGA) & (uint8_t) (WWDG_CR_T6 | WindowValue)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Refreshes the WWDG peripheral. | ||||
|   * @param  Counter :  WWDG Counter Value | ||||
|   *         This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTERVALUE_OK(Counter)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	/* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
 | ||||
| 	a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ | ||||
| 	WWDG->CR = (uint8_t) (Counter & (uint8_t) _WWDG_BIT_MASK); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Gets the WWDG Counter Value. | ||||
|   *        This value could be used to check if WWDG is in the window, where | ||||
|   *        refresh is allowed. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval WWDG Counter Value | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline uint8_t WWDG_GetCounter(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	return (WWDG->CR); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Generates immediate WWDG RESET. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void WWDG_SWReset(void) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA; /* Activate WWDG, with clearing T6 */ | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief  Sets the WWDG window value. | ||||
|   * @param  WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the | ||||
|   *         downcounter. | ||||
|   *         This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| inline void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	/* Check the parameters */ | ||||
| 	assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowValue)); | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 	WWDG->WR = (uint8_t) ((uint8_t) (~WWDG_CR_WDGA) & (uint8_t) (WWDG_CR_T6 | WindowValue)); | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif /* __STM8S_WWDG_H */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @} | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,225 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|  * STM8S interrupt handlers | ||||
|  */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #include "stm8s_it.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief UART1 RX Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(UART1_RX_IRQHandler, 18) | ||||
| { | ||||
| 	UART1->DR=UART1->DR; | ||||
|   //handleRxChar(UART1->DR);
 | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| // --- Unused interrupt templates ---
 | ||||
| #if 0 | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief TRAP Interrupt routine | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER_TRAP(TRAP_IRQHandler) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Top Level Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TLI_IRQHandler, 0) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Auto Wake Up Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(AWU_IRQHandler, 1) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Clock Controller Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(CLK_IRQHandler, 2) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief External Interrupt PORTA Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EXTI_PORTA_IRQHandler, 3) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief External Interrupt PORTB Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EXTI_PORTB_IRQHandler, 4) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief External Interrupt PORTC Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EXTI_PORTC_IRQHandler, 5) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief External Interrupt PORTD Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EXTI_PORTD_IRQHandler, 6) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief External Interrupt PORTE Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EXTI_PORTE_IRQHandler, 7) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief SPI Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(SPI_IRQHandler, 10) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Timer1 Update/Overflow/Trigger/Break Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TIM1_UPD_OVF_TRG_BRK_IRQHandler, 11) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Timer1 Capture/Compare Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TIM1_CAP_COM_IRQHandler, 12) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Timer2 Update/Overflow/Break Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TIM2_UPD_OVF_BRK_IRQHandler, 13) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Timer2 Capture/Compare Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TIM2_CAP_COM_IRQHandler, 14) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief UART1 TX Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(UART1_TX_IRQHandler, 17) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief UART1 RX Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(UART1_RX_IRQHandler, 18) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief I2C Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(I2C_IRQHandler, 19) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief ADC1 interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @par Parameters: | ||||
|   * None | ||||
|   * @retval | ||||
|   * None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(ADC1_IRQHandler, 22) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Timer4 Update/Overflow Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(TIM4_UPD_OVF_IRQHandler, 23) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|   * @brief Eeprom EEC Interrupt routine. | ||||
|   * @param  None | ||||
|   * @retval None | ||||
|   */ | ||||
| INTERRUPT_HANDLER(EEPROM_EEC_IRQHandler, 24) | ||||
| { | ||||
|   return; | ||||
| } | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif | ||||
| @ -0,0 +1,31 @@ | ||||
| /**
 | ||||
|  * STM8S interrupt handlers | ||||
|  */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #ifndef __STM8S_IT_H | ||||
| #define __STM8S_IT_H | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #include "stm8s.h" | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| void TRAP_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TRAP */ | ||||
| void TLI_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TLI */ | ||||
| void AWU_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* AWU */ | ||||
| void CLK_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* CLOCK */ | ||||
| void EXTI_PORTA_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EXTI PORTA */ | ||||
| void EXTI_PORTB_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EXTI PORTB */ | ||||
| void EXTI_PORTC_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EXTI PORTC */ | ||||
| void EXTI_PORTD_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EXTI PORTD */ | ||||
| void EXTI_PORTE_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EXTI PORTE */ | ||||
| void SPI_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* SPI */ | ||||
| void TIM1_CAP_COM_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TIM1 CAP/COM */ | ||||
| void TIM1_UPD_OVF_TRG_BRK_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TIM1 UPD/OVF/TRG/BRK */ | ||||
| void TIM2_UPD_OVF_BRK_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TIM2 UPD/OVF/BRK */ | ||||
| void TIM2_CAP_COM_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TIM2 CAP/COM */ | ||||
| void UART1_TX_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* UART1 TX */ | ||||
| void UART1_RX_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT 18; /* UART1 RX */ | ||||
| void I2C_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* I2C */ | ||||
| void ADC1_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* ADC1 */ | ||||
| void TIM4_UPD_OVF_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* TIM4 UPD/OVF */ | ||||
| void EEPROM_EEC_IRQHandler(void) INTERRUPT; /* EEPROM ECC CORRECTION */ | ||||
| 
 | ||||
| #endif | ||||
					Loading…
					
					
				
		Reference in new issue